RELEASE_NOTES revision 244833
1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.2011 2012/12/21 18:42:16 ca Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.14.6/8.14.6 2012/12/23 10 Fix a regression introduced in 8.14.5: if a server offers 11 two AUTH lines, the MTA would not read them after 12 STARTTLS has been used and hence SMTP AUTH for 13 the client side would fail. Problem noted by Lena. 14 Do not cache hostnames internally in a non case sensitive way 15 as that may cause addresses to change from lower case 16 to upper case or vice versa. These header modifications 17 can cause problems with milters that rely on receiving 18 headers in the same way as they are being sent out such 19 as a DKIM signing milter. 20 If MaxQueueChildren is set then it was possible that new queue 21 runners could not be started anymore because an 22 internal counter was subject to a race condition. 23 If a milter decreases the timeout it waits for a communication 24 with the MTA, the MTA might experience a write() timeout. 25 In some situations, the resulting error might have been 26 ignored. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 27 Note: decreasing the communication timeout in a milter 28 should not be done without considering the potential 29 problems. 30 smfi_setsymlist() now properly sets the list of macros for 31 the milter which invoked it, instead of a global 32 list for all milters. Problem reported by 33 David Shrimpton of the University of Queensland. 34 If Timeout.resolver.retrans is set to a value larger than 20, 35 then resolver.retry was temporarily set to 0 for 36 gethostbyaddr() lookups. Now it is set to 1 instead. 37 Patch from Peter. 38 If sendmail could not lock the statistics file due to a system 39 error, and sendmail later sends a DSN for a mail that 40 triggered such an error, then sendmail tried to access 41 memory that was freed before (causing a crash on some 42 systems). Problem reported by Ryan Stone. 43 Do not log negative values for size= nor pri= to avoid confusing 44 log parsers, instead limit the values to LONG_MAX. 45 Account for an API change in newer versions of Cyrus-SASL. 46 Patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO from FreeBSD. 47 Do not try to resolve link-local addresses for IPv4 (just as it 48 is done for IPv6). Patch from John Beck of Oracle. 49 Improve logging of client and server STARTTLS connection failures 50 that may be due to incompatible cipher lists by including 51 the reason for the failure in a single log line. Suggested 52 by James Carey of Boeing. 53 Portability: 54 Add support for Darwin 11.x and 12.x (Mac OS X 10.7 and 10.8). 55 Add support for SunOS 5.12 (aka Solaris 12). Patch from 56 John Beck of Oracle. 57 588.14.5/8.14.5 2011/05/17 59 Do not cache SMTP extensions across connections as the cache 60 is based on hostname which may not be a unique identifier 61 for a server, i.e., different machines may have the 62 same hostname but provide different SMTP extensions. 63 Problem noted by Jim Hermann. 64 Avoid an out-of-bounds access in case a resolver reply for a DNS 65 map lookup returns a size larger than 1K. Based on a 66 patch from Dr. Werner Fink of SuSE. 67 If a job is aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 68 the keyboard), perform minimal cleanup to avoid invoking 69 functions that are not signal-safe. Note: in previous 70 versions the mail might have been queued up already 71 and would be delivered subsequently, now an interrupt 72 will always remove the queue files and thus prevent 73 delivery. 74 Per RFC 6176, when operating as a TLS client, do not offer SSLv2. 75 Since TLS session resumption is never used as a client, disable 76 use of RFC 4507-style session tickets. 77 Work around gcc4 versions which reverse 25 years of history and 78 no longer align char buffers on the stack, breaking calls 79 to resolver functions on strict alignment platforms. 80 Found by Stuart Henderson of OpenBSD. 81 Read at most two AUTH lines from a server greeting (up to two 82 lines are read because servers may use "AUTH mechs" and 83 "AUTH=mechs"). Otherwise a malicious server may exhaust 84 the memory of the client. Bug report by Nils of MWR 85 InfoSecurity. 86 Avoid triggering an assertion in the OpenLDAP code when the 87 connection to an LDAP server is lost while making a query. 88 Problem noted and patch provided by Andy Fiddaman. 89 If ConnectOnlyTo is set and sendmail is compiled with NETINET6 90 it would try to use an IPv6 address if an IPv4 (or 91 unparseable) address is specified. 92 If SASLv2 is used, make sure that the macro {auth_authen} is 93 stored in xtext format to avoid problems with parsing 94 it. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 95 CONFIG: FEATURE(`ldap_routing') in 8.14.4 tried to add a missing 96 -T<TMPF> that is required, but failed for some cases 97 that did not use LDAP. This change has been undone 98 until a better solution can be implemented. Problem 99 found by Andy Fiddaman. 100 CONFIG: Add cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 for Solaris11 support. 101 Contributed by Casper Dik of Oracle. 102 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Deal with H entries that do not have a 103 letter between the question marks. Patch from 104 Stefan Christensen. 105 DOC: Use a better description for the -i option in sendmail. 106 Patch from Mitchell Berger. 107 Portability: 108 Add support for Darwin 10.x (Mac OS X 10.6). 109 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for FreeBSD 3 and later. Patch 110 from John Marshall. 111 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for OpenBSD 4.3 and later. 112 Use new directory "/system/volatile" for PidFile on 113 Solaris 11. Patch from Casper Dik of Oracle. 114 Fix compilation on Solaris 11 (and maybe some other 115 OSs) when using OpenSSL 1.0. Based on patch from 116 Jan Pechanec of Oracle. 117 Set SOCKADDR_LEN_T and SOCKOPT_LEN_T to socklen_t 118 for Solaris 11. Patch from Roger Faulkner of Oracle. 119 New Files: 120 cf/ostype/solaris11.m4 121 1228.14.4/8.14.4 2009/12/30 123 SECURITY: Handle bogus certificates containing NUL characters 124 in CNs by placing a string indicating a bad certificate 125 in the {cn_subject} or {cn_issuer} macro. Patch inspired 126 by Matthias Andree's changes for fetchmail. 127 During the generation of a queue identifier an integer overflow 128 could occur which might result in bogus characters 129 being used. Based on patch from John Vannoy of 130 Pepperdine University. 131 The value of headers, e.g., Precedence, Content-Type, et.al., 132 was not processed correctly. Patch from Per Hedeland. 133 Between 8.11.7 and 8.12.0 the length limitation on a return 134 path was erroneously reduced from MAXNAME (256) to 135 MAXSHORTSTR (203). Patch from John Gardiner Myers 136 of Proofpoint; the problem was also noted by Steve 137 Hubert of University of Washington. 138 Prevent a crash when a hostname lookup returns a seemingly 139 valid result which contains a NULL pointer (this seems 140 to be happening on some Linux versions). 141 The process title was missing the current load average when 142 the MTA was delaying connections due to DelayLA. 143 Patch from Dick St.Peters of NetHeaven. 144 Do not reset the number of queue entries in shared memory if 145 only some of them are processed. 146 Fix overflow of an internal array when parsing some replies 147 from a milter. Problem found by Scott Rotondo 148 of Sun Microsystems. 149 If STARTTLS is turned off in the server (via M=S) then it 150 would not be initialized for use in the client either. 151 Patch from Kazuteru Okahashi of IIJ. 152 If a Diffie-Hellman cipher is selected for STARTTLS, the 153 handshake could fail with some TLS implementations 154 because the prime used by the server is not long enough. 155 Note: the initialization of the DSA/DH parameters for 156 the server can take a significant amount of time on slow 157 machines. This can be turned off by setting DHParameters 158 to none or a file (see doc/op/op.me). Patch from 159 Petr Lampa of the Brno University of Technology. 160 Fix handling of `b' modifier for DaemonPortOptions on little 161 endian machines for loopback address. Patch from 162 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 163 Fix a potential memory leak in libsmdb/smdb1.c found by parfait. 164 Based on patch from Jonathan Gray of OpenBSD. 165 If a milter sets the reply code to "421" during the transfer 166 of the body, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session 167 with that error to match the behavior of the other callbacks. 168 Return EX_IOERR (instead of 0) if a mail submission fails due to 169 missing disk space in the mail queue. Based on patch 170 from Martin Poole of RedHat. 171 CONFIG: Using FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s `nodomain' argument would 172 cause addresses not found in LDAP to be misparsed. 173 CONFIG: Using a CN restriction did not work for TLS_Clt as it 174 referred to a wrong macro. Patch from John Gardiner 175 Myers of Proofpoint. 176 CONFIG: The option relaytofulladdress of FEATURE(`access_db') 177 did not work if FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') is used too. 178 Problem noted by Kristian Shaw. 179 CONFIG: The internal function lower() was broken and hence 180 strcasecmp() did not work either, which could cause 181 problems for some FEATURE()s if upper case arguments 182 were used. Patch from Vesa-Matti J Kari of the 183 University of Helsinki. 184 LIBMILTER: Fix internal check whether a milter application 185 is compiled against the same version of libmilter as 186 it is linked against (especially useful for dynamic 187 libraries). 188 LIBMILTER: Fix memory leak that occurred when smfi_setsymlist() 189 was used. Based on patch by Dan Lukes. 190 LIBMILTER: Document the effect of SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC for filters 191 which add, insert, or replace headers. From Benjamin 192 Pineau. 193 LIBMILTER: Fix error messages which refer to "select()" to be 194 correct if SM_CONF_POLL is used. Based on patch from 195 John Nemeth. 196 LIBSM: Fix handling of LDAP search failures where the error is 197 carried in the search result itself, such as seen with 198 OpenLDAP proxy servers. 199 VACATION: Do not refer to a local variable outside its scope. 200 Based on patch from Mark Costlow of Southwest Cyberport. 201 Portability: 202 Enable HAVE_NANOSLEEP for SunOS 5.11. Patch from 203 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 204 Drop NISPLUS from default SunOS 5.11 map definitions. 205 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 206 2078.14.3/8.14.3 2008/05/03 208 During ruleset processing the generation of a key for a map 209 lookup and the parsing of the default value was broken 210 for some macros, e.g., $|, which caused the BlankSub 211 character to be inserted into the workspace and thus 212 failures, e.g., rules that should have matched did not. 213 8.14.2 caused a regression: it accessed (macro) storage which was 214 freed before. First instance of the problem reported by 215 Matthew Dillon of DragonFlyBSD; variations of the same 216 bug reported by Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD, Moritz 217 Jodeit, and Dave Hayes. 218 Improve pathname length checks for persistent host status. Patch 219 from Joerg Sonnenberger of DragonFlyBSD. 220 Reword misleading SMTP reply text for FEATURE(`badmx'). Problem 221 noted by Beth Halsema. 222 The read timeout was fixed to be Timeout.datablock if STARTTLS 223 was activated. This may cause problems if that value 224 is lowered from its default. Problem noted by Jens Elkner. 225 CONFIG: Using LOCAL_TLS_CLIENT caused the tls_client ruleset 226 to operate incorrectly. Problem found by Werner Wiethege. 227 LIBMILTER: Omitting some protocol steps via the xxfi_negotiate() 228 callback did not work properly. The patchlevel of 229 libmilter has been set to 1 so a milter can determine 230 whether libmilter contains this fix. 231 MAKEMAP: If a delimiter is specified (-t) use that also when 232 dumping a map. Patch from Todd C. Miller of OpenBSD. 233 Portability: 234 Add support for Darwin 9.x (Mac OS X 10.5). 235 Support shared libraries in Darwin 8 and 9. Patch from 236 Chris Behrens of Concentric. 237 Add support for SCO OpenServer 6, patch from Boyd Gerber. 238 DEVTOOLS: Clarify that confSHAREDLIBDIR requires a trailing slash. 239 Added Files: 240 devtools/OS/Darwin.9.x 241 devtools/OS/OSR.i386 242 2438.14.2/8.14.2 2007/11/01 244 If a message was queued and it contained 8 bit characters in 245 a From: or To: header, then those characters could be 246 "mistaken" for internal control characters during a queue 247 run and trigger various consistency checks. Problem 248 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 249 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set to a value greater than 0 (which 250 it is by default) then even if the Linelimit parameter 251 is 0, sendmail corrupted in the non-transfer-encoding 252 case every MAXLINE-1 characters. Patch from John Gardiner 253 Myers of Proofpoint. 254 Setting the suboption DeliveryMode for DaemonPortOptions did not 255 work in earlier 8.14 versions. 256 Note: DeliveryMode=interactive is silently converted to 257 background if a milter can reject or delete a recipient. 258 Prior to 8.14 this happened only if milter could delete 259 recipients. 260 ClientRate should trigger when the limit was exceeded (as 261 documented), not when it was reached. Patch from 262 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 263 Force a queue run for -qGqueuegroup even if no runners are 264 specified (R=0) and forking (F=f) is requested. 265 When multiple results are requested for a DNS map lookup 266 (-z and -Z), return only those that are relevant for 267 the query (not also those in the "additional section".) 268 If the message transfer time to sendmail (when acting as server) 269 exceeds Timeout.queuewarn or Timeout.queuereturn and 270 the message is refused (by a milter), sendmail previously 271 created a delivery status notification (DSN). Patch 272 from Doug Heath of The Hertz Corporation. 273 A code change in Cyrus-SASL 2.1.22 for sasl_decode64() requires 274 the MTA to deal with some input (i.e., "=") itself. 275 Problem noted by Eliot Lear. 276 sendmail counted a delivery as successful if PIPELINING is 277 compiled in but not offered by the server and the 278 delivery failed temporarily. Patch from Werner Wiethege. 279 If getting the result of an LDAP query times out then close the 280 map so it will be reopened on the next lookup. This 281 should help "failover" configurations that specify more 282 than one LDAP server. 283 If check_compat returns $#discard then a "savemail panic" could 284 be triggered under some circumstances (e.g., requiring 285 a system which does not have the compile time flag 286 HASFLOCK set). Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura 287 of National Institute of Informatics, Japan. 288 If a milter rejected a recipient, the count for nrcpts= in the 289 logfile entry might have been wrong. Problem found by 290 Petra Humann of TU Dresden. 291 If a milter invoked smfi_chgfrom() where ESMTP arguments are not 292 NULL, the message body was lost. Patch from Motonori 293 Nakamura of National Institute of Informatics, Japan. 294 sendmail(8) had a bogus space in -qGname. Patch from Peng Haitao. 295 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Preserve ownership and permissions when 296 replacing files. 297 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Skip dot-files (e.g., .cvsignore) when 298 reading the /etc/mail/virtusers/ directory. 299 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Emit warnings instead of exiting where 300 appropriate. 301 LIBMILTER: Fix ABI backwards compatibility so milters compiled 302 against an older libmilter.so shared library can use an 303 8.14 libmilter.so shared library. 304 LIBMILTER: smfi_version() did not properly extract the patchlevel 305 from the version number, however, the returned value was 306 correct for the current libmilter version. 307 3088.14.1/8.14.1 2007/04/03 309 Even though a milter rejects a recipient the MTA will still keep 310 it in its list of recipients and deliver to it if the 311 transaction is accepted. This is a regression introduced 312 in 8.14.0 due to the change for SMFIP_RCPT_REJ. Bug 313 found by Andy Fiddaman. 314 The new DaemonPortOptions which begin with a lower case character 315 could not be set in 8.14.0. 316 If a server shut down the connection in response to a STARTTLS 317 command, sendmail would log a misleading error message 318 due to an internal inconsistency. Problem found by 319 Werner Wiethege. 320 Document how some sendmail.cf options change the behavior of mailq. 321 Noted by Paul Menchini of the North Carolina School of 322 Science and Mathematics. 323 CONFIG: Add confSOFT_BOUNCE m4 option for setting SoftBounce. 324 CONFIG: 8.14.0's RELEASE_NOTES failed to mention the addition 325 of the confMAX_NOOP_COMMANDS and confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY_FILE 326 m4 options for setting MaxNOOPCommands and 327 SharedMemoryKeyFile. 328 CONFIG: Add confMILTER_MACROS_EOH and confMILTER_MACROS_DATA m4 329 options for setting Milter.macros.eoh and Milter.macros.data. 330 CONTRIB: Use flock() and fcntl() in qtool.pl if necessary. 331 Patch from Daniel Carroll of Mesa State College. 332 LIBMILTER: Make sure an unknown command does not affect the 333 currently available macros. Problem found by Andy Fiddaman. 334 LIBMILTER: The MTA did not offer SMFIF_SETSYMLIST during option 335 negotiation. Problem reported by Bryan Costales. 336 LIBMILTER: Fix several minor errors in the documentation. 337 Patches from Bryan Costales. 338 PORTABILITY FIXES: 339 AIX 5.{1,2}: libsm/util.c failed to compile due to 340 redefinition of several macros, e.g., SIG_ERR. 341 Patch from Jim Pirzyk with assistance by Bob 342 Booth, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 343 Add support for QNX.6. Patch from Sean Boudreau of QNX 344 Software Systems. 345 New Files: 346 devtools/M4/depend/QNX6.m4 347 devtools/OS/QNX.6.x 348 include/sm/os/sm_os_qnx.h 349 350 New Files added in 8.14.0, but not shown in the release notes entry: 351 libmilter/docs/smfi_chgfrom.html 352 libmilter/docs/smfi_version.html 353 3548.14.0/8.14.0 2007/01/31 355 Header field values are now 8 bit clean. Notes: 356 - header field names are still restricted to 7 bit. 357 - RFC 2822 allows only 7 bit (US-ASCII) characters in 358 headers. 359 Preserve spaces after the colon in a header. Previously, any 360 number of spaces after the colon would be changed to 361 exactly one space. 362 In some cases of deeply nested aliases/forwarding, mail can 363 be silently lost. Moreover, the MaxAliasRecursion 364 limit may be reached too early, e.g., the counter 365 may be off by a factor of 4 in case of a sequence of 366 .forward files that refer to others. Patch from 367 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 368 Fix a regression in 8.13.8: if InputMailFilters is set then 369 "sendmail -bs" can trigger an assertion because the 370 hostname of the client is undefined. It is now set 371 to "localhost" for the xxfi_connect() callback. 372 Avoid referencing a freed variable during cleanup when terminating. 373 Problem reported and diagnosed by Joe Maimon. 374 New option HeloName to set the name for the HELO/EHLO command. 375 Patch from Nik Clayton. 376 New option SoftBounce to issue temporary errors (4xy) instead of 377 permanent errors (5xy). This can be useful for testing. 378 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions to set them individually 379 per daemon socket: 380 DeliveryMode DeliveryMode 381 refuseLA RefuseLA 382 delayLA DelayLA 383 queueLA QueueLA 384 children MaxDaemonChildren 385 New option -K for LDAP maps to replace %1 through %9 in the 386 lookup key with the LDAP escaped contents of the 387 arguments specified in the map lookup. Loosely based 388 on patch from Wolfgang Hottgenroth. 389 Log the time after which a greet_pause delay triggered. Patch 390 from Nik Clayton. 391 If a client is rejected via TCP wrapper or some other check 392 performed by validate_connection() (in conf.c) then do 393 not also invoke greet_pause. Problem noted by Jim Pirzyk 394 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 395 If a client terminates the SMTP connection during a pause 396 introduced by greet_pause, then a misleading message 397 was logged previously. Problem noted by Vernon Schryver 398 et.al., patch from Matej Vela. 399 New command "mstat" for control socket to provide "machine 400 readable" status. 401 New named config file rule check_eom which is called at the end 402 of a message, its parameter is the size of the message. 403 If the macro {addr_type} indicates that the current address 404 is a header address it also distinguishes between 405 recipient and sender addresses (as it is done for 406 envelope addresses). 407 When a macro is set in check_relay, then its value is accessible 408 by all transactions in the same SMTP session. 409 Increase size of key for ldap lookups to 1024 (MAXKEY). 410 New option MaxNOOPCommands to override default of 20 for the 411 number of "useless" commands before the SMTP server will 412 slow down responding. 413 New option SharedMemoryKeyFile: if shared memory support is 414 enabled, the MTA can be asked to select a shared memory 415 key itself by setting SharedMemoryKey to -1 and specifying 416 a file where to store the selected key. 417 Try to deal with open HTTP proxies that are used to send spam 418 by recognizing some commands from them. If the first command 419 from the client is GET, POST, CONNECT, or USER, then the 420 connection is terminated immediately. 421 New PrivacyOptions noactualrecipient to avoid putting 422 X-Actual-Recipient lines in DSNs revealing the actual 423 account that addresses map to. Patch from Dan Harkless. 424 New options B, z, and Z for DNS maps: 425 -B: specify a domain that is always appended to queries. 426 -z: specify the delimiter at which to cut off the result of 427 a query if it is too long. 428 -Z: specify the maximum number of entries to be concatenated 429 to form the result of a lookup. 430 New target "check" in the Makefile of libsm: instead of running tests 431 implicitly while building libsm, they must be explicitly 432 started by using "make check". 433 Fixed some inconsistent checks for NULL pointers that have been 434 reported by the SATURN tool which has been developed by 435 Isil Dillig and Thomas Dillig of Stanford University. 436 Fix a potential race condition caused by a signal handler for 437 terminated child processes. Problem noted by David F. Skoll. 438 When a milter deleted a recipient, that recipient could cause a 439 queue group selection. This has been disabled as it was not 440 intended. 441 New operator 'r' for the arith map to return a random number. 442 Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 443 New compile time option MILTER_NO_NAGLE to turn off the Nagle 444 algorithm for communication with libmilter ("cork" on Linux), 445 which may improve the communication performance on some 446 operating systems. Patch from John Gardiner Myers of 447 Proofpoint. 448 If sendmail received input that contained a CR without subsequent LF 449 (thus violating RFC 2821 (2.3.7)), it could previously 450 generate an additional blank line in the output as the last 451 line. 452 Restarting persistent queue runners by sending a HUP signal to 453 the "queue control process" (QCP) works now. 454 Increase the length of an input line to 12288 to deal with 455 really long lines during SMTP AUTH negotiations. 456 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 457 If ARPANET mode (-ba) was selected STARTTLS would fail (due to 458 a missing initialization call for that case). Problem 459 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 460 If sendmail is linked against a library that initializes Cyrus-SASL 461 before sendmail did it (such as libnss-ldap), then SMTP AUTH 462 could fail for the sendmail client. A patch by Moritz Both 463 works around the API design flaw of Cyrus-SASLv2. 464 CONFIG: Make it possible to unset the StatusFile option by 465 undefining STATUS_FILE. By not setting StatusFile, 466 the MTA will not attempt to open a statistics file on 467 each delivery. 468 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`require_rdns') to reject messages from SMTP 469 clients whose IP address does not have proper reverse DNS. 470 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University 471 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 472 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`block_bad_helo') to reject messages from SMTP 473 clients which provide a HELO/EHLO argument which is either 474 unqualified, or is one of our own names (i.e., the server 475 name instead of the client name). Contributed by Neil 476 Rickert of Northern Illinois University and John Beck of 477 Sun Microsystems. 478 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`badmx') to reject envelope sender addresses 479 (MAIL) whose domain part resolves to a "bad" MX record. 480 Based on contribution from William Dell Wisner. 481 CONFIG: New macros SMTP_MAILER_LL and RELAY_MAILER_LL to override 482 the maximum line length of the smtp mailers. 483 CONFIG: New option `relaytofulladdress' for FEATURE(`access_db') 484 to allow entries in the access map to be of the form 485 To:user@example.com RELAY 486 CONFIG: New subsuboptions eoh and data to specify the list of 487 macros a milter should receive at those stages in the 488 SMTP dialogue. 489 CONFIG: New option confHELO_NAME for HeloName to set the name 490 for the HELO/EHLO command. 491 CONFIG: dnsbl and enhdnsbl can now also discard or quarantine 492 messages by using those values as second argument. 493 Patches from Nelson Fung. 494 CONTRIB: cidrexpand uses a hash symbol as comment character and 495 ignores everything after it unless it is in quotes or 496 preceeded by a backslash. 497 DEVTOOLS: New macro confMKDIR: if set to a program that creates 498 directories, then it used for "make install" to create 499 the required installation directories. 500 DEVTOOLS: New macro confCCLINK to specify the linker to use for 501 executables (defaults to confCC). 502 LIBMILTER: A new version of the milter API has been created that 503 has several changes which are listed below and documented 504 in the webpages reachable via libmilter/docs/index.html. 505 LIBMILTER: The meaning of the version macro SMFI_VERSION has been 506 changed. It now refers only to the version of libmilter, 507 not to the protocol version (which is used only internally, 508 it is not user/milter-programmer visible). Additionally, 509 a version function smfi_version() has been introduced such 510 that a milter program can check the libmilter version also 511 at runtime which is useful if a shared library is used. 512 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_negotiate() can be used to 513 dynamically (i.e., at runtime) determine the available 514 protocol actions and features of the MTA and also to 515 specify which of these a milter wants to use. This allows 516 for more flexibility than hardcoding these flags in the 517 xxfi_flags field of the smfiDesc structure. 518 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_data() is available so milters 519 can act on the DATA command. 520 LIBMILTER: A new callback xxfi_unknown() is available so milters 521 can receive also unknown SMTP commands. 522 LIBMILTER: A new return code SMFIS_NOREPLY has been added which 523 can be used by the xxfi_header() callback provided the 524 milter requested the SMFIP_NOHREPL protocol action. 525 LIBMILTER: The new return code SMFIS_SKIP can be used in the 526 xxfi_body() callback to skip over further body chunks 527 and directly advance to the xxfi_eom() callback. This 528 is useful if a milter can make a decision based on the 529 body chunks it already received without reading the entire 530 rest of the body and the milter wants to invoke functions 531 that are only available from the xxfi_eom() callback. 532 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_addrcpt_par() can be used to add 533 new recipients including ESMTP parameters. 534 LIBMILTER: A new function smfi_chgfrom() can be used to change the 535 envelope sender including ESMTP parameters. 536 LIBMILTER: A milter can now request to be informed about rejected 537 recipients (RCPT) too. This requires to set the protocol 538 flag SMFIP_RCPT_REJ during option negotiation. Whether 539 a RCPT has been rejected can be checked by comparing the 540 value of the macro {rcpt_mailer} with "error". 541 LIBMILTER: A milter can now override the list of macros that it 542 wants to receive from the MTA for each protocol step 543 by invoking the function smfi_setsymlist() during option 544 negotiation. 545 LIBMILTER: A milter can receive header field values with all 546 leading spaces by requesting the SMFIP_HDR_LEADSPC 547 protocol action. Also, if the flag is set then the MTA 548 does not add a leading space to headers that are added, 549 inserted, or replaced. 550 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421" for the HELO 551 callback, the SMTP server will terminate the SMTP session 552 with that error to match the behavior of all other callbacks. 553 New Files: 554 cf/feature/badmx.m4 555 cf/feature/block_bad_helo.m4 556 cf/feature/require_rdns.m4 557 devtools/M4/UNIX/check.m4 558 include/sm/misc.h 559 include/sm/sendmail.h 560 include/sm/tailq.h 561 libmilter/docs/smfi_addrcpt_par.html 562 libmilter/docs/smfi_setsymlist.html 563 libmilter/docs/xxfi_data.html 564 libmilter/docs/xxfi_negotiate.html 565 libmilter/docs/xxfi_unknown.html 566 libmilter/example.c 567 libmilter/monitor.c 568 libmilter/worker.c 569 libsm/memstat.c 570 libsm/t-memstat.c 571 libsm/t-qic.c 572 libsm/util.c 573 sendmail/daemon.h 574 sendmail/map.h 575 5768.13.8/8.13.8 2006/08/09 577 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: if shared memory is activated, then 578 the server can erroneously report that there is 579 insufficient disk space. Additionally make sure that 580 an internal variable is set properly to avoid those 581 misleading errors. Based on patch from Steve Hubert 582 of University of Washington. 583 Fix a regression in 8.13.7: the PidFile could be removed after 584 the process that forks the daemon exited, i.e., if 585 sendmail -bd is invoked. Problem reported by Kan Sasaki 586 of Fusion Communications Corp. and Werner Wiethege. 587 Avoid opening qf files if QueueSortOrder is "none". Patch from 588 David F. Skoll. 589 Avoid a crash when finishing due to referencing a freed variable. 590 Problem reported and diagnosed by Moritz Jodeit. 591 CONTRIB: cidrexpand now deals with /0 by issuing the entire IPv4 592 range (0..255). 593 LIBMILTER: The "hostname" argument of the xxfi_connect() callback 594 previously was the equivalent of {client_ptr}. However, 595 this did not match the documentation of the function, hence 596 it has been changed to {client_name}. See doc/op/op.* 597 about these macros. 598 5998.13.7/8.13.7 2006/06/14 600 A malformed MIME structure with many parts can cause sendmail to 601 crash while trying to send a mail due to a stack overflow, 602 e.g., if the stack size is limited (ulimit -s). This 603 happens because the recursion of the function mime8to7() 604 was not restricted. The function is called for MIME 8 to 605 7 bit conversion and also to enforce MaxMimeHeaderLength. 606 To work around this problem, recursive calls are limited to 607 a depth of MAXMIMENESTING (20); message content after this 608 limit is treated as opaque and is not checked further. 609 Problem noted by Frank Sheiness. 610 The changes to the I/O layer in 8.13.6 caused a regression for 611 SASL mechanisms that use the security layer, e.g., 612 DIGEST-MD5. Problem noted by Robert Stampfli. 613 If a timeout occurs while reading a message (during the DATA phase) 614 a df file might have been left behind in the queue. 615 This was another side effect of the changes to the I/O 616 layer made in 8.13.6. 617 Several minor problems have been fixed that were found by a 618 Coverity scan of sendmail 8 as part of the NetBSD 619 distribution. See http://scan.coverity.com/ 620 Note: the scan generated also a lot of "false positives", 621 e.g., "error" reports about situations that cannot happen. 622 Most of those code places are marked with lint(1) comments 623 like NOTREACHED, but Coverity does not understand those. 624 Hence an explicit assertion has been added in some cases 625 to avoid those false positives. 626 If the start of the sendmail daemon fails due to a configuration 627 error then in some cases shared memory segments or pid 628 files were not removed. 629 If DSN support is disabled via access_db, then related ESMTP 630 parameters for MAIL and RCPT should be rejected. Problem 631 reported by Akihiro Sagawa. 632 Enabling zlib compression in OpenSSL 0.9.8[ab] breaks the padding 633 bug work-around. Hence if sendmail is linked against 634 either of these versions and compression is available, 635 the padding bug work-around is turned off. Based on 636 patch from Victor Duchovni of Morgan Stanley. 637 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') and FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') used 638 blackholes.mail-abuse.org as default domain for lookups, 639 however, that list is no longer available. To avoid 640 further problems, no default value is available anymore, 641 but an argument must be specified. 642 Portability: 643 Fix compilation on OSF/1 for sfsasl.c. Patch from 644 Pieter Bowman of the University of Utah. 645 6468.13.6/8.13.6 2006/03/22 647 SECURITY: Replace unsafe use of setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in the server 648 and client side of sendmail with timeouts in the libsm I/O 649 layer and fix problems in that code. Also fix handling of 650 a buffer in sm_syslog() which could have been used as an 651 attack vector to exploit the unsafe handling of 652 setjmp(3)/longjmp(3) in combination with signals. 653 Problem detected by Mark Dowd of ISS X-Force. 654 Handle theoretical integer overflows that could triggered if 655 the server accepted headers larger than the maximum 656 (signed) integer value. This is prevented in the default 657 configuration by restricting the size of a header, and on 658 most machines memory allocations would fail before reaching 659 those values. Problems found by Phil Brass of ISS. 660 If a server returns 421 for an RSET command when trying to start 661 another transaction in a session while sending mail, do 662 not trigger an internal consistency check. Problem found 663 by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 664 If a server returns a 5xy error code (other than 501) in response 665 to a STARTTLS command despite the fact that it advertised 666 STARTTLS and that the code is not valid according to RFC 667 2487 treat it nevertheless as a permanent failure instead 668 of a protocol error (which has been changed to a 669 temporary error in 8.13.5). Problem reported by Jeff 670 A. Earickson of Colby College. 671 Clear SMTP state after a HELO/EHLO command. Patch from John 672 Myers of Proofpoint. 673 Observe MinQueueAge option when gathering entries from the queue 674 for sorting etc instead of waiting until the entries are 675 processed. Patch from Brian Fundakowski Feldman. 676 Set up TLS session cache to properly handle clients that try to 677 resume a stored TLS session. 678 Properly count the number of (direct) child processes such that 679 a configured value (MaxDaemonChildren) is not exceeded. 680 Based on patch from Attila Bruncsak. 681 LIBMILTER: Remove superfluous backslash in macro definition 682 (libmilter.h). Based on patch from Mike Kupfer of 683 Sun Microsystems. 684 LIBMILTER: Don't try to set SO_REUSEADDR on UNIX domain sockets. 685 This generates an error message from libmilter on 686 Solaris, though other systems appear to just discard the 687 request silently. 688 LIBMILTER: Deal with sigwait(2) implementations that return 689 -1 and set errno instead of returning an error code 690 directly. Patch from Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations 691 Services. 692 Portability: 693 Fix compilation checks for closefrom(3) and statvfs(2) 694 in NetBSD. Problem noted by S. Moonesamy, patch from 695 Andrew Brown. 696 6978.13.5/8.13.5 2005/09/16 698 Store the filesystem identifier of the df/ subdirectory (if it 699 exists) in an internal structure instead of the base 700 directory. This structure is used decide whether there 701 is enough free disk space when selecting a queue, hence 702 without this change queue selection could fail if a df/ 703 subdirectory exists and is on a different filesystem 704 than the base directory. 705 Use the queue index of the df file (instead of the qf file) for 706 checking whether a link(2) operation can be used to split 707 an envelope across queue groups. Problem found by 708 Werner Wiethege. 709 If the list of items in the queue is larger than the maximum 710 number of items to process, sort the queue first and 711 then cut the list off instead of the other way around. 712 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 713 Fix helpfile to show full entry for ETRN. Problem noted by 714 Penelope Fudd, patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 715 University. 716 FallbackSmartHost should also be tried on temporary errors. 717 From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 718 When a server responds with 421 to the STARTTLS command then treat 719 it as a temporary error, not as protocol error. Problem 720 noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 721 Properly define two functions in libsm as static because their 722 prototype used static too. Patch from Peter Klein. 723 Fix syntax errors in helpfile for MAIL and RCPT commands. 724 LIBMILTER: When smfi_replacebody() is called with bodylen equals 725 zero then do not silently ignore that call. Patch from 726 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 727 LIBMILTER: Recognize "421" also in a multi-line reply to terminate 728 the SMTP session with that error. Fix from Brian Kantor. 729 Portability: New option HASSNPRINTF which can be set if the OS 730 has a properly working snprintf(3) to get rid 731 of the last two (safe) sprintf(3) calls in the 732 source code. 733 Add support for AIX 5.3. 734 Add support for SunOS 5.11 (aka Solaris 11). 735 Add support for Darwin 8.x. Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 736 OpenBSD 3.7 has removed support for NETISO. 737 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd6) for FreeBSD 6.X. 738 Set DontBlameSendmail to AssumeSafeChown and 739 GroupWritableDirPathSafe for OSTYPE(darwin). 740 Patch from Lyndon Nerenberg. 741 Some features still used 4.7.1 as enhanced status code which 742 was supposed to be eliminated in 8.13.0 because some 743 broken systems misinterpret it as a permanent error. 744 Patch from Matej Vela of Rudjer Boskovic Institute. 745 Some default values in a generated cf file did not match 746 the defaults in the sendmail binary. Problem noted 747 by Mike Pechkin. 748 New Files: 749 cf/ostype/freebsd6.m4 750 devtools/OS/AIX.5.3 751 devtools/OS/Darwin.8.x 752 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.11 753 include/sm/time.h 754 7558.13.4/8.13.4 2005/03/27 756 The bug fixes in 8.13.3 for connection handling uncovered a 757 different error which could result in connections that 758 stay in CLOSE_WAIT state due to a variable that was not 759 properly initialized. Problem noted by Michael Sims. 760 Deal with empty hostnames in hostsignature(). This bug could lead 761 to an endless loop when doing LMTP deliveries to another 762 host. Problem first reported by Martin Lathoud and 763 tracked down by Gael Roualland. 764 Make sure return parameters are initialized in getmxrr(). Problem 765 found by Gael Roualland using valgrind. 766 If shared memory is used and the RunAsUser option is set, then the 767 owner and group of the shared memory segment is set to 768 the ids specified RunAsUser and the access mode is set 769 to 0660 to allow for updates by sendmail processes. 770 The number of queue entries that is (optionally) kept in shared 771 memory was wrong in some cases, e.g., envelope splitting 772 and bounce generation. 773 Undo a change made in 8.13.0 to silently truncate long strings 774 in address rewriting because the message can be triggered 775 for header checks where long strings are legitimate. 776 Problem reported by Mary Verge DeSisto, and tracked 777 down with the help of John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 778 The internal stab map did not obey the -m flag. Patch from 779 Rob McMahon of Warwick University, England. 780 The socket map did not obey the -f flag. Problem noted by 781 Dan Ringdahl, forwarded by Andrzej Filip. 782 The addition of LDAP recursion in 8.13.0 broke enforcement of 783 the LDAP map -1 argument which tells the MTA to only 784 return success if and only if a single LDAP match is found. 785 Add additional error checks in the MTA for milter communication 786 to avoid a possible segmentation fault. Based on patch 787 by Joe Maimon. 788 Do not trigger an assertion if X509_digest() returns success but 789 does not assign a value to its output parameter. Based 790 on patch by Brian Kantor. 791 Add more checks when resetting internal AUTH data (applies only 792 to Cyrus SASL version 2). Otherwise an SMTP session might 793 be dropped after an AUTH failure. 794 Portability: 795 Add LA_LONGLONG as valid LA_TYPE type for systems that use 796 "long long" to read load average data, e.g., 797 AIX 5.1 in 32 bit mode. Note: this has to be set 798 "by hand", it is not (yet) automatically detected. 799 Problem noted by Burak Bilen. 800 Use socklen_t for accept(), etc. on AIX 5.x. This should 801 fix problems when compiling in 64 bit mode. 802 Problem first reported by Harry Meiert of 803 University of Bremen. 804 New Files: 805 include/sm/sem.h 806 libsm/sem.c 807 libsm/t-sem.c 808 8098.13.3/8.13.3 2005/01/11 810 Enhance handling of I/O errors, especially EOF, when STARTTLS 811 is active. 812 Make sure a connection is not reused after it has been closed 813 due to a 421 error. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 814 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 815 Avoid triggering an assertion when sendmail is interrupted while 816 closing a connection. Problem found by Allan E Johannesen 817 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 818 Regression: a change in 8.13.2 caused sendmail not to try the 819 next MX host (or FallbackMXhost if configured) when, at 820 connection open, the current server returns a 4xy or 5xy 821 SMTP reply code. Problem noted by Mark Tranchant. 822 8238.13.2/8.13.2 2004/12/15 824 Do not split the first header even if it exceeds the internal 825 buffer size. Previously a part of such a header would 826 end up in the body of the message. Problem noted by 827 Simple Nomad of BindView. 828 Do not complain about "cataddr: string too long" when checking 829 headers that do not contain RFC 2822 addresses. 830 Problem noted by Rich Graves of Brandeis University. 831 If a server returns a 421 reply to the RSET command between 832 message deliveries, do not attempt to deliver any more 833 messages on that connection. This prevents bogus "Bad 834 file number" recipient status. Problem noted by 835 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 836 Allow trailing white space in EHLO command as recommended by RFC 837 2821. Problem noted by Ralph Santagato of SBC Services. 838 Deal with clients which use AUTH but negotiate a smaller buffer size 839 for data exchanges than the value used by sendmail, e.g., 840 Cyrus IMAP lmtp server. Based on patch by Jamie Clark. 841 When passing ESMTP arguments for RCPT to a milter, do not cut 842 them off at a comma. Problem noted by Krzysztof Oledzki. 843 Add more logging to milter change header functions to 844 complement existing logging. Based on patch from 845 Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 846 Include <lber.h> in include/sm/config.h when LDAPMAP is defined. 847 Patch from Edgar Hoch of the University of Stuttgart. 848 Fix DNS lookup if IPv6 is enabled when converting an IP address 849 to a hostname for use with SASL. Problem noted by Ken Jones; 850 patch from Hajimu UMEMOTO. 851 CONFIG: For consistency enable MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS for the prog 852 mailer. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 853 LIBMILTER: It was possible that xxfi_abort() was called after 854 xxfi_eom() for a message if some timeouts were triggered. 855 Patch from Alexey Kravchuk. 856 LIBMILTER: Slightly rearrange mutex use in listener.c to allow 857 different threads to call smfi_opensocket() and smfi_main(). 858 Patch from Jordan Ritter of Cloudmark. 859 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem 860 noted by Nelson Fung. 861 MAIL.LOCAL: make strip-mail.local used a wrong path to access 862 mail.local. Problem noted by William Park. 863 VACATION: Properly terminate MBDB before exiting. Problem noted 864 by Nelson Fung. 865 Portability: 866 Add support for DragonFly BSD. 867 New Files: 868 cf/ostype/dragonfly.m4 869 devtools/OS/DragonFly 870 include/sm/os/sm_os_dragonfly.h 871 Deleted Files: 872 libsm/vsscanf.c 873 8748.13.1/8.13.1 2004/07/30 875 Using the default AliasFile ldap: specification would cause the 876 objectClasses of the LDAP response to be included in the 877 alias expansion. Problem noted by Brenden Conte of 878 Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 879 Fix support for a fallback smart host for system where DNS is 880 (partially) available. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 881 Fix SuperSafe=PostMilter behavior when a milter replaces a body 882 but the data file is not yet stored on disk because it is 883 smaller than the size of the memory buffer. Problem noted 884 by David Russell. 885 Fix certificate revocation list support; if a CRL was specified 886 but the other side presented a cert that was signed by 887 a different (trusted) CA than the one which issued the CRL, 888 verification would always fail. Problem noted by Al Smith. 889 Run mailer programs as the RunAsUser when RunAsUser is set and 890 the F=S mailer flag is set without a U= mailer equate. 891 Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of Proofpoint. 892 ${nbadrcpts} was off by one if BadRcptThrottle is zero. 893 Patch from Sung-hoon Choi of DreamWiz Inc. 894 CONFIG: Emit a warning if FEATURE(`access_db') is used after 895 FEATURE(`greet_pause') because then the latter will not 896 use the access map. Note: if no default value is given 897 for FEATURE(`greet_pause') then it issues an error if 898 FEATURE(`access_db') is not specified before it. 899 Problem noted by Alexander Dalloz of University of 900 Bielefeld. 901 CONFIG: Invoke ruleset Local_greet_pause if FEATURE(`greet_pause') 902 is used to give more flexibility for local changes. 903 Portability: 904 Fix a 64 bit problem in the socket map code. Problem 905 noted by Geoff Adams. 906 NetBSD 2.0F has closefrom(3). Patch from Andrew Brown. 907 NetBSD can use sysctl(3) to get the number of CPUs in 908 a system. Patch from Andrew Brown. 909 Add a README file in doc/op/ to explain potential 910 incompatibilities with various *roff related 911 tools. Problem tracked down by Per Hedeland. 912 New Files: 913 doc/op/README 914 9158.13.0/8.13.0 2004/06/20 916 Do not include AUTH data in a bounce to avoid leaking confidential 917 information. See also cf/README about MSP and the section 918 "Providing SMTP AUTH Data when sendmail acts as Client". 919 Problem noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 920 University. 921 Fix compilation error in libsm/clock.c for -D_FFR_SLEEP_USE_SELECT=n 922 and -DSM_CONF_SETITIMER=0. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi 923 of RUS University of Stuttgart. 924 Fix bug in conversion from 8bit to quoted-printable. Problem found 925 by Christof Haerens, patch from Per Hedeland. 926 Add support for LDAP recursion based on types given to attribute 927 specifications in an LDAP map definition. This allows 928 LDAP queries to return a new query, a DN, or an LDAP 929 URL which will in turn be queried. See the ``LDAP 930 Recursion'' section of doc/op/op.me for more information. 931 Based on patch from Andrew Baucom. 932 Extend the default LDAP specifications for AliasFile 933 (O AliasFile=ldap:) and file classes (F{X}@LDAP) to 934 include support for LDAP recursion via new attributes. 935 See ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section 936 of cf/README for more information. 937 New option for LDAP maps: the -w option allows you to specify the 938 LDAP API/protocol version to use. The default depends on 939 the LDAP library. 940 New option for LDAP maps: the -H option allows you to specify an 941 LDAP URI instead of specifying the LDAP server via -h host 942 and -p port. This also allows for the use of LDAP over 943 SSL and connections via named sockets if your LDAP 944 library supports it. 945 New compile time flag SM_CONF_LDAP_INITIALIZE: set this if 946 ldap_initialize(3) is available (and LDAPMAP is set). 947 If MaxDaemonChildren is set and a command is repeated too often 948 during a SMTP session then terminate it just like it is 949 done for too many bad SMTP commands. 950 Basic connection rate control support has been added: the daemon 951 maintains the number of incoming connections per client 952 IP address and total in the macros {client_rate} and 953 {total_rate}, respectively. These macros can be used 954 in the cf file to impose connection rate limits. 955 A new option ConnectionRateWindowSize (default: 60s) 956 determines the length of the interval for which the 957 number of connections is stored. Based on patch from 958 Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des Mines de Paris. 959 Add optional protection from open proxies and SMTP slammers which 960 send SMTP traffic without waiting for the SMTP greeting. 961 If enabled by the new ruleset greet_pause (see 962 FEATURE(`greet_pause')), sendmail will wait the specified 963 amount of time before sending the initial 220 SMTP 964 greeting. If any traffic is received before then, a 554 965 SMTP response is sent and all SMTP commands are rejected 966 during that connection. 967 If 32 NOOP (or unknown/bad) commands are issued by a client the SMTP 968 server could sleep for a very long time. Fix based on 969 patch from Tadashi Kobayashi of IIJ. 970 Fix a potential memory leak in persistent queue runners if the 971 number of entries in the queue exceeds the limit of jobs. 972 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of University of Washington. 973 Do not use 4.7.1 as enhanced status code because some broken systems 974 misinterpret it as a permanent error. 975 New value for SuperSafe: PostMilter which will delay fsync() until 976 all milters accepted the mail. This can increase 977 performance if many mails are rejected by milters due to 978 body scans. Based on patch from David F. Skoll. 979 New macro {msg_id} which contains the value of the Message-Id: 980 header, whether provided by the client or generated by 981 sendmail. 982 New macro {client_connections} which contains the number of open 983 connections in the SMTP server for the client IP address. 984 Based on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz, Ecole des 985 Mines de Paris. 986 sendmail will now remove its pidfile when it exits. This was done 987 to prevent confusion caused by running sendmail stop 988 scripts two or more times, where the second and subsequent 989 runs would report misleading error messages about sendmail's 990 pid no longer existing. See section 1.3.15 of doc/op/op.me 991 for a discussion of the implications of this, including 992 how to correct broken scripts which may have depended on 993 the old behavior. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 994 Support per-daemon input filter lists which override the default 995 filter list specified in InputMailFilters. The filters 996 can be listed in the I= equate of DaemonPortOptions. 997 Do not add all domain prefixes of the hostname to class 'w'. If 998 your configuration relies on this behavior, you have to 999 add those names to class 'w' yourself. Problem noted 1000 by Sander Eerkes. 1001 Support message quarantining in the mail queue. Quarantined 1002 messages are not run on normal queue displays or runs 1003 unless specifically requested with -qQ. Quarantined queue 1004 files are named with an hf prefix instead of a qf prefix. 1005 The -q command line option now can specify which queue to display 1006 or run. -qQ operates on quarantined queue items. -qL 1007 operates on lost queue items. 1008 Restricted mail queue runs and displays can be done based on the 1009 quarantined reason using -qQtext to run or display 1010 quarantined items if the quarantine reason contains the 1011 given text. Similarly, -q!Qtext will run or display 1012 quarantined items which do not have the given text in the 1013 quarantine reason. 1014 Items in the queue can be quarantined or unquarantined using the 1015 new -Q option. See doc/op/op.me for more information. 1016 When displaying the quarantine mailq with 'mailq -qQ', the 1017 quarantine reason is shown in a new line prefixed by 1018 "QUARANTINE:". 1019 A new error code for the $#error mailer, $@ quarantine, can be used 1020 to quarantine messages in check_* (except check_compat) and 1021 header check rulesets. The $: of the mailer triplet will 1022 be used for the quarantine reason. 1023 Add a new quarantine count to the mailstats collected. 1024 Add a new macro ${quarantine} which is the quarantine reason for a 1025 message if it is quarantined. 1026 New map type "socket" for a trivial query protocol over UNIX domain 1027 or TCP sockets (requires compile time option SOCKETMAP). 1028 See sendmail/README and doc/op/op.me for details as well as 1029 socketmapServer.pl and socketmapClient.pl in contrib. 1030 Code donated by Bastiaan Bakker of LifeLine Networks. 1031 Define new macro ${client_ptr} which holds the result of the PTR 1032 lookup for the client IP address. Note: this is the same 1033 as ${client_name} if and only if ${client_resolve} is OK. 1034 Add a new macro ${nbadrcpts} which contains the number of bad 1035 recipients received so far in a transaction. 1036 Call check_relay with the value of ${client_name} to deal with bogus 1037 DNS entries. See also FEATURE(`use_client_ptr'). Problem 1038 noted by Kai Schlichting. 1039 Treat Delivery-Receipt-To: headers the same as Return-Receipt-To: 1040 headers (turn them into DSNs). Delivery-Receipt-To: is 1041 apparently used by SIMS (Sun Internet Mail System). 1042 Enable connection caching for LPC mailers. Patch from Christophe 1043 Wolfhugel of France Telecom Oleane. 1044 Do not silently truncate long strings in address rewriting. 1045 Add support for Cyrus SASL version 2. From Kenneth Murchison of 1046 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1047 Add a new AuthOption=m flag to require the use of mechanisms which 1048 support mutual authentication. From Kenneth Murchison of 1049 Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1050 Fix logging of TLS related problems (introduced in 8.12.11). 1051 The macros {auth_author} and {auth_authen} are stored in xtext 1052 format just like the STARTTLS related macros to avoid 1053 problems with parsing them. Problem noted by Pierangelo 1054 Masarati of SysNet s.n.c. 1055 New option AuthRealm to set the authentication realm that is 1056 passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from Gary Mills 1057 of the University of Manitoba. 1058 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS verification was 1059 successful, otherwise relaying would be allowed if 1060 EXTERNAL is listed in TRUST_AUTH_MECH() and STARTTLS 1061 is active. 1062 Add basic support for certificate revocation lists. Note: if a 1063 CRLFile is specified but the file is unusable, STARTTLS 1064 is disabled. Based on patch by Ralf Hornik. 1065 Enable workaround for inconsistent Cyrus SASLv1 API for mechanisms 1066 DIGEST-MD5 and LOGIN. 1067 Write pid to file also if sendmail only acts as persistent queue 1068 runner. Proposed by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1069 Keep daemon pid file(s) locked so other daemons don't try to 1070 overwrite each other's pid files. 1071 Increase maximum length of logfile fields for {cert_subject} and 1072 {cert_issuer} from 128 to 256. Requested by Christophe 1073 Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 1074 Log the TLS verification message on the STARTTLS= log line at 1075 LogLevel 12 or higher. 1076 If the MSP is invoked with the verbose option (-v) then it will 1077 try to use the SMTP command VERB to propagate this option 1078 to the MTA which in turn will show the delivery just like 1079 it was done before the default 8.12 separation of MSP and 1080 MTA. Based on patch by Per Hedeland. 1081 If a daemon is refusing connections for longer than the time specified 1082 by the new option RejectLogInterval (default: 3 hours) due 1083 to high load, log this information. Patch from John Beck 1084 of Sun Microsystems. 1085 Remove the ability for non-trusted users to raise the value of 1086 CheckpointInterval on the command line. 1087 New mailer flag 'B' to strip leading backslashes, which is a 1088 subset of the functionality of the 's' flag. 1089 New mailer flag 'W' to ignore long term host status information. 1090 Patch from Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 1091 Enable generic mail filter API (milter) by default. To turn 1092 it off, add -DMILTER=0 to the compile time options. 1093 An internal SMTP session discard flag was lost after an RSET/HELO/EHLO 1094 causing subsequent messages to be sent instead of being 1095 discarded. This also caused milter callbacks to be called 1096 out of order after the SMTP session was reset. 1097 New option RequiresDirfsync to turn off the compile time flag 1098 REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. See sendmail/README for 1099 further information. 1100 New command line option -D logfile to send debug output to 1101 the indicated log file instead of stdout. 1102 Add Timeout.queuereturn.dsn and Timeout.queuewarn.dsn to control 1103 queue return and warning times for delivery status 1104 notifications. 1105 New queue sort order option: 'n'one for not sorting the queue entries 1106 at all. 1107 Several more return values for ruleset srv_features have been added 1108 to enable/disable certain features in the server per 1109 connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 1110 Support for SMTP over SSL (smtps), activated by Modifier=s 1111 for DaemonPortOptions. 1112 Continue with DNS lookups on ECONNREFUSED and TRY_AGAIN when 1113 trying to canonify hostnames. Suggested by Neil Rickert 1114 of Northern Illinois University. 1115 Add support for a fallback smart host (option FallbackSmartHost) to 1116 be tried as a last resort after all other fallbacks. This 1117 is designed for sites with partial DNS (e.g., an accurate 1118 view of inside the company, but an incomplete view of 1119 outside). From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1120 Enable timeout for STARTTLS even if client does not start the TLS 1121 handshake. Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1122 Remove deprecated -v option for PH map, use -k instead. Patch from 1123 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1124 libphclient is version 1.2.x by default, if version 1.1.x is required 1125 then compile with -DNPH_VERSION=10100. Patch from Mark Roth 1126 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1127 Add Milter.macros.eom, allowing macros to be sent to milter 1128 applications for use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 1129 New macro {time} which contains the output of the time(3) function, 1130 i.e., the number of seconds since 0 hours, 0 minutes, 1131 0 seconds, January 1, 1970, Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). 1132 If check_relay sets the reply code to "421" the SMTP server will 1133 terminate the SMTP session with a 421 error message. 1134 Get rid of dead code that tried to access the environment variable 1135 HOSTALIASES. 1136 Deprecate the use of ErrorMode=write. To enable this in 8.13 1137 compile with -DUSE_TTYPATH=1. 1138 Header check rulesets using $>+ (do not strip comments) will get 1139 the header value passed in without balancing quotes, 1140 parentheses, and angle brackets. Based on patch from 1141 Oleg Bulyzhin. 1142 Do not complain and fix up unbalanced quotes, parentheses, and 1143 angle brackets when reading in rulesets. This allows 1144 rules to be written for header checks to catch strings 1145 that contain quotes, parentheses, and/or angle brackets. 1146 Based on patch from Oleg Bulyzhin. 1147 Do not close socket when accept(2) in the daemon encounters 1148 some temporary errors like ECONNABORTED. 1149 Added list of CA certificates that are used by members of the 1150 sendmail consortium, see CACerts. 1151 Portability: 1152 Two new compile options have been added: 1153 HASCLOSEFROM System has closefrom(3). 1154 HASFDWALK System has fdwalk(3). 1155 Based on patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1156 The Linux kernel version 2.4 series has a broken flock() so 1157 change to using fcntl() locking until they can fix 1158 it. Be sure to update other sendmail related 1159 programs to match locking techniques. 1160 New compile time option NEEDINTERRNO which should be set 1161 if <errno.h> does not declare errno itself. 1162 Support for UNICOS/mk and UNICOS/mp added, some changes for 1163 UNICOS. Patches contributed by Aaron Davis and 1164 Brian Ginsbach, Cray Inc., and Manu Mahonen of 1165 Center for Scientific Computing. 1166 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1167 Extend support to Darwin 7.x/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1168 Remove path from compiler definition for Interix because 1169 Interix 3.0 and 3.5 put gcc in different locations. 1170 Also use <sys/mkdev.h> to get the correct 1171 major()/minor() definitions. Based on feedback 1172 from Mark Funkenhauser. 1173 CONFIG: Add support for LDAP recursion to the default LDAP searches 1174 for maps via new attributes. See the ``USING LDAP FOR 1175 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README and 1176 cf/sendmail.schema for more information. 1177 CONFIG: Make sure confTRUSTED_USER is valid even if confRUN_AS_USER 1178 is of the form "user:group" when used for submit.mc. 1179 Problem noted by Carsten P. Gehrke, patch from Neil Rickert 1180 of Northern Illinois University. 1181 CONFIG: Add a new access DB value of QUARANTINE:reason which 1182 instructs the check_* (except check_compat) to quarantine 1183 the message using the given reason. 1184 CONFIG: Use "dns -R A" as map type for dnsbl (just as for enhdnsbl) 1185 instead of "host" to avoid problem with looking up other 1186 DNS records than just A. 1187 CONFIG: New option confCONNECTION_RATE_WINDOW_SIZE to define the 1188 length of the interval for which the number of incoming 1189 connections is maintained. 1190 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ratecontrol') to set the limits for connection 1191 rate control for individual hosts or nets. 1192 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`conncontrol') to set the limits for the 1193 number of open SMTP connections for individual hosts or nets. 1194 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`greet_pause') enables open proxy and SMTP 1195 slamming protection described above. The feature can 1196 take an argument specifying the milliseconds to wait and/or 1197 use the access database to look the pause time based on 1198 client hostname, domain, IP address, or subnet. 1199 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`use_client_ptr') to have check_relay use 1200 $&{client_ptr} as its first argument. This is useful for 1201 rejections based on the unverified hostname of client, 1202 which turns on the same behavior as in earlier sendmail 1203 versions when delay_checks was not in use. See also entry 1204 above about check_relay being invoked with ${client_name}. 1205 CONFIG: New option confREJECT_LOG_INTERVAL to specify the log 1206 interval when refusing connections for this long. 1207 CONFIG: Remove quotes around usage of confREJECT_MSG; in some cases 1208 this requires a change in a mc file. Requested by 1209 Ted Roberts of Electronic Data Systems. 1210 CONFIG: New option confAUTH_REALM to set the authentication realm 1211 that is passed to the Cyrus SASL library. Patch from 1212 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1213 CONFIG: Rename the (internal) classes {tls}/{src} to {Tls}/{Src} 1214 to follow the naming conventions. 1215 CONFIG: Add a third optional argument to local_lmtp to specify 1216 the A= argument. 1217 CONFIG: Remove the f flag from the default mailer flags of 1218 local_lmtp. 1219 CONFIG: New option confREQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC to turn off the compile 1220 time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC at runtime. 1221 CONFIG: New LOCAL_UUCP macro to insert rules into the generated 1222 cf file at the same place where MAILER(`uucp') inserts 1223 its rules. 1224 CONFIG: New options confTO_QUEUERETURN_DSN and confTO_QUEUEWARN_DSN 1225 to control queue return and warning times for delivery 1226 status notifications. 1227 CONFIG: New option confFALLBACK_SMARTHOST to define FallbackSmartHost. 1228 CONFIG: Add the mc file which has been used to create the cf 1229 file to the end of the cf file when using make in cf/cf/. 1230 Patch from Richard Rognlie. 1231 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) has been removed, it was a no-op since 8.9. 1232 Use ServiceSwitchFile to turn off DNS lookups, see 1233 doc/op/op.me. 1234 CONFIG: New option confMILTER_MACROS_EOM (sendmail Milter.macros.eom 1235 option) defines macros to be sent to milter applications for 1236 use in the xxfi_eom() callback. 1237 CONFIG: New option confCRL to specify file which contains 1238 certificate revocations lists. 1239 CONFIG: Add a new value (sendertoo) for the third argument to 1240 FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which will reject the SMTP 1241 MAIL From: command if the sender address doesn't exist 1242 in LDAP. See cf/README for more information. 1243 CONFIG: Add a fifth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1244 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to do a domain 1245 lookup if a full address lookup doesn't match. See cf/README 1246 for more information. 1247 CONFIG: Add a sixth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 1248 instructs the rulesets on whether or not to queue the mail 1249 or give an SMTP temporary error if the LDAP server can't be 1250 reached. See cf/README for more information. Based on 1251 patch from Billy Ray Miller of Caterpillar. 1252 CONFIG: Experimental support for MTAMark, see cf/README for details. 1253 CONFIG: New option confMESSAGEID_HEADER to define a different 1254 Message-Id: header format. Patch from Bastiaan Bakker 1255 of LifeLine Networks. 1256 CONTRIB: New version of cidrexpand which uses Net::CIDR. From 1257 Derek J. Balling. 1258 CONTRIB: oldbind.compat.c has been removed due to security problems. 1259 Found by code inspection done by Reasoning, Inc. 1260 DEVTOOLS: Add an example file for devtools/Site/, contributed 1261 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1262 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_quarantine() which allows the 1263 filter's EOM routine to quarantine the current message. 1264 Filters which use this function must include the 1265 SMFIF_QUARANTINE flag in the registered smfiDesc structure. 1266 LIBMILTER: If a milter sets the reply code to "421", the SMTP server 1267 will terminate the SMTP session with that error. 1268 LIBMILTER: Upon filter shutdown, libmilter will not remove a 1269 named socket in the file system if it is running as root. 1270 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_progress() which allows the filter 1271 to notify the MTA that an EOM operation is still in progress, 1272 resetting the timeout. 1273 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_opensocket() which allows the filter 1274 to attempt to establish the interface socket, and detect 1275 failure to do so before calling smfi_main(). 1276 LIBMILTER: Add new function smfi_setmlreply() which allows the 1277 filter to return a multi-line SMTP reply. 1278 LIBMILTER: Deal with more temporary errors in accept() by ignoring 1279 them instead of stopping after too many occurred. 1280 Suggested by James Carlson of Sun Microsystems. 1281 LIBMILTER: Fix a descriptor leak in the sample program found in 1282 docs/sample.html. Reported by Dmitry Adamushko. 1283 LIBMILTER: The sample program also needs to use SMFIF_ADDRCPT. 1284 Reported by Carl Byington of 510 Software Group. 1285 LIBMILTER: Document smfi_stop() and smfi_setdbg(). Patches 1286 from Bryan Costales. 1287 LIBMILTER: New compile time option SM_CONF_POLL; define this if 1288 poll(2) should be used instead of select(2). 1289 LIBMILTER: New function smfi_insheader() and related protocol 1290 amendments to support header insertion operations. 1291 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for hashed mail directories, see 1292 mail.local/README. Contributed by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 1293 Informations Services. 1294 MAILSTATS: Display quarantine message counts. 1295 MAKEMAP: Add new flag -D to specify the comment character to use 1296 instead of '#'. 1297 VACATION: Add new flag -j to auto-respond to messages regardless of 1298 whether or not the recipient is listed in the To: or Cc: 1299 headers. 1300 VACATION: Add new flag -R to specify the envelope sender address 1301 for the auto-response message. 1302 New Files: 1303 CACerts 1304 cf/feature/conncontrol.m4 1305 cf/feature/greet_pause.m4 1306 cf/feature/mtamark.m4 1307 cf/feature/ratecontrol.m4 1308 cf/feature/use_client_ptr.m4 1309 cf/ostype/unicos.m4 1310 cf/ostype/unicosmk.m4 1311 cf/ostype/unicosmp.m4 1312 contrib/socketmapClient.pl 1313 contrib/socketmapServer.pl 1314 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 1315 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mk 1316 devtools/OS/UNICOS-mp 1317 devtools/Site/site.config.m4.sample 1318 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicos.h 1319 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmk.h 1320 include/sm/os/sm_os_unicosmp.h 1321 libmilter/docs/smfi_insheader.html 1322 libmilter/docs/smfi_progress.html 1323 libmilter/docs/smfi_quarantine.html 1324 libmilter/docs/smfi_setdbg.html 1325 libmilter/docs/smfi_setmlreply.html 1326 libmilter/docs/smfi_stop.html 1327 sendmail/ratectrl.c 1328 Deleted Files: 1329 cf/feature/nodns.m4 1330 contrib/oldbind.compat.c 1331 devtools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 1332 devtools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 1333 libsm/vsprintf.c 1334 Renamed Files: 1335 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 => devtools/OS/Darwin.7.x 1336 13378.12.11/8.12.11 2004/01/18 1338 Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files. This error was a 1339 regression in 8.12.10. Problem detected and diagnosed 1340 Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company. 1341 Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and 1342 make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not 1343 exceeded. Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of 1344 Techfirm, Inc. 1345 Take care of systems that can generate time values where the 1346 seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59. 1347 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 1348 Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes 1349 whose process id is the same as that of the initial 1350 sendmail process that was used to start the daemon. 1351 Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS. 1352 When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied 1353 recipient address also against the printable addresses 1354 of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses. 1355 Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum. 1356 BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the 1357 error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the 1358 right hand side error:. Patch from Per Hedeland. 1359 Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages. 1360 Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1361 Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit 1362 text that has been introduced in 8.12.3. There are some 1363 examples where the new code fails, but the old code works. 1364 To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with 1365 -DMIME7TO8_OLD=0. If you have an example of improper 1366 7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us. 1367 Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of 1368 the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a 1369 connection. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1370 Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which 1371 causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string". 1372 To avoid this everything after LF is ignored. 1373 If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set 1374 then a possible race condition for creating qf files 1375 can be avoided. Note: the race condition does not 1376 exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an 1377 external application that accesses qf files. 1378 Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for 1379 the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options. 1380 Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df 1381 files could be left behind. Problem found by Wolfgang 1382 Breyha. 1383 The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been 1384 deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13. This only 1385 effects configuration which preserve those variable via the 1386 'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire 1387 environment. 1388 Portability: 1389 Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther). 1390 Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of 1391 Sun Microsystems. 1392 LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data 1393 to libmilter. Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski. 1394 SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'. 1395 Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads. 1396 New Files: 1397 devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0 1398 13998.12.10/8.12.10 2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17) 1400 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing. Problem 1401 detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller 1402 of Courtesan Consulting. 1403 Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing. This problem 1404 is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration; 1405 only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or 1406 mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then 1407 a problem may occur. Problem noted by Timo Sirainen. 1408 Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength. 1409 Problem noted by Thomas Schulz. 1410 Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows. 1411 Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME 1412 conversions. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1413 Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message, 1414 not just header. Problem noted by Axel Holscher. 1415 Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP 1416 transactions for broken clients which do not properly 1417 announce 8 bit data. Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich. 1418 Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients. 1419 Based on patch from Arne Jansen. 1420 Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts. 1421 Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when 1422 encountering a comment that is too long. Problem noted by 1423 Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia. 1424 Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO 1425 checking. It is used for IPv6 domain literals. Patch from 1426 Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd. 1427 Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt. 1428 Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU. 1429 Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version 1430 to make sure they match. 1431 Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled 1432 in the kernel. 1433 When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error, 1434 do not ignore the other recipients. Problem noted by 1435 Bart Duchesne. 1436 CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which 1437 lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text". Problem noted by 1438 Craig Hunt. 1439 CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument. Patch 1440 from Jerome Borsboom. 1441 CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl 1442 and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc. Patches from 1443 Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo. 1444 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an 1445 improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the 1446 mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered 1447 after the close() and before the truncate(). 1448 MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a 1449 stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout). 1450 Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC. 1451 Portability: 1452 Port for AIX 5.2. Thanks to Steve Hubert of University 1453 of Washington for providing access to a computer 1454 with AIX 5.2. 1455 setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3. Patch from 1456 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1457 Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH 1458 on all operating systems. Patch from Robert Harker 1459 of Harker Systems. 1460 Use strerror(3) on Linux. If this causes a problem on 1461 your Linux distribution, compile with 1462 -DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it. 1463 Added Files: 1464 devtools/OS/AIX.5.2 1465 14668.12.9/8.12.9 2003/03/29 1467 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 1468 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 1469 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 1470 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 1471 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 1472 includes DNS. 1473 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 1474 8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 1475 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 1476 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 1477 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 1478 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 1479 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 1480 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 1481 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 1482 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults, 1483 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 1484 Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail. Problem noted 1485 by Derek Wueppelmann. 1486 Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not 1487 have flock(2). Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings 1488 College London. 1489 Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various 1490 errors, e.g., looping processes. Problem noted by 1491 Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V. 1492 CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host. 1493 Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1494 CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet'). 1495 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable 1496 text file instead of the database map. 1497 Portability: 1498 Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the 1499 builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux. 1500 This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0 1501 in which case the OS supplied version will be used. 1502 15038.12.8/8.12.8 2003/02/11 1504 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 1505 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 1506 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 1507 of ISS X-Force. 1508 Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the 1509 .cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in 1510 parsing ident responses. Problem noted by Yichen Xie of 1511 Stanford University Compilation Group. 1512 Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for 1513 the selected queue group. Problem noted by Jos Vos. 1514 If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed, 1515 log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated 1516 MIME header". Problem noted by Ian J Hart. 1517 CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus 1518 error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()". 1519 MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether 1520 a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not 1521 a regular file. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1522 15238.12.7/8.12.7 2002/12/29 1524 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 1525 across various connections. This could cause session 1526 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 1527 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 1528 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 1529 Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue. The MSP 1530 only needs to relay all mail to the MTA. Problem found 1531 by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 1532 Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100 1533 characters in some logging statements. Problem noted by 1534 Erik Parker. 1535 When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use 1536 EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5 1537 is used. 1538 Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command. Problem 1539 noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 1540 Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics 1541 file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at 1542 install time. This fixes installation over NFS for some 1543 users. Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional 1544 Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 1545 Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data. Problem noted by 1546 Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic. 1547 Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead 1548 of 11 or higher. 1549 Print early system errors to the console instead of silently 1550 exiting. Problem noted by James Jong of IBM. 1551 Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless 1552 of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v). 1553 The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name" 1554 to be run even if Runners=0. 1555 Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing 1556 connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE. 1557 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1558 Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo 1559 (/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available. 1560 Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0. Problem noted by 1561 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1562 Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in 1563 rulesets. Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ. 1564 Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting. Problem noted 1565 by John Majikes of IBM. 1566 Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across 1567 different processes. Problem noted by Randy Kunkee. 1568 Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection 1569 times out during message collection. Problem noted by Neil 1570 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1571 Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with 1572 qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems). 1573 Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr.. 1574 If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>". Problem 1575 noted by Matthias Andree. 1576 Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some 1577 versions of tmac. Patch from Per Hedeland. 1578 Portability: 1579 Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25). 1580 Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken 1581 and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires 1582 an argument, hence the builtin version of 1583 sendmail is used instead. This can be overridden 1584 by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0. Problem noted by 1585 Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o. 1586 Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University 1587 of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1588 Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson 1589 of the TrustedBSD Project. 1590 Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX 1591 system from Michel Bourget of SGI. 1592 Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman. 1593 Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky 1594 Corporation. 1595 Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez. 1596 CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks 1597 is used. Problem noted by Malte Starostik. 1598 CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus 1599 DNS entries to get around access restrictions. 1600 Problem noted by Kai Schlichting. 1601 CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default 1602 to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost 1603 which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or 1604 ::1 for IPv6). If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then 1605 you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment 1606 in the file itself. 1607 CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid 1608 error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending 1609 mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of 1610 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1611 CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings. 1612 CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to 1613 relay. 1614 CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included 1615 in access_db. 1616 CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell. 1617 LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if 1618 an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs. 1619 Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State. 1620 LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64. 1621 Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole 1622 Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1623 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 1624 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 1625 Sun Microsystems. 1626 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3) 1627 fails. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1628 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 1629 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 1630 iDEFENSE, Inc. 1631 New Files: 1632 devtools/OS/Interix 1633 include/sm/bdb.h 1634 16358.12.6/8.12.6 2002/08/26 1636 Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list 1637 returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option. 1638 Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost 1639 and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together. 1640 Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev. 1641 Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set 1642 to interactive. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 1643 Courtesan Consulting. 1644 Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group 1645 even if some recipients are deleted or invalid. Problem 1646 found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 1647 Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected 1648 from the SMTP client. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1649 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1650 Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to 1651 install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the 1652 confMSP_STFILE devtools variable. Requested by Jeff 1653 Earickson of Colby College. 1654 Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails 1655 during a delivery attempt. Patch from Todd C. Miller of 1656 Courtesan Consulting. 1657 Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for 1658 SMTP AUTH. Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH. 1659 Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries 1660 restart interrupted system calls. Problem noted by Luiz 1661 Henrique Duma of BSIOne. 1662 Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using 1663 execve(). 1664 Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may 1665 cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem 1666 noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. 1667 If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up 1668 the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set. This 1669 allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with 1670 spammers without tipping them off. Problem noted by Neil 1671 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1672 If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data, 1673 e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are 1674 supposed for addresses on the header content. 1675 Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset. 1676 Portability: 1677 Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple 1678 copying of the variable argument va_list. Based on 1679 fix from Scott Walters. 1680 Fix NSD map open bug. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1681 Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell 1682 list. From Michel Bourget of SGI. 1683 Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0). 1684 NETISO support has been dropped. 1685 CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect 1686 to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT. 1687 These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only 1688 being activated in check_relay. This change has been made to 1689 avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts 1690 "450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR 1691 record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled. However, this 1692 modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address 1693 is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain 1694 name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed 1695 such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored. The original 1696 change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern 1697 Illinois University, the side effect has been found by 1698 Stefaan Van Hoornick. 1699 CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses 1700 using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}. 1701 Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1702 University. 1703 CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups. 1704 Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1705 CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page 1706 (etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1707 LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a 1708 NULL pointer. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 1709 LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls. Based 1710 on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1711 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1712 New Files: 1713 contrib/etrn.0 1714 17158.12.5/8.12.5 2002/06/25 1716 SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user 1717 specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration 1718 file and a rogue DNS server is queried. None of the 1719 sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence 1720 they are not vulnerable. Problem noted independently by 1721 Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems. 1722 Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS 1723 map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems 1724 with rogue DNS servers. 1725 Require a suboption when setting the Milter option. Problem noted 1726 by Bryan Costales. 1727 Do not silently overwrite command line settings for 1728 DirectSubmissionModifiers. Problem noted by Bryan 1729 Costales. 1730 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 1731 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 1732 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1733 Polytechnic Institute. 1734 Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered 1735 file onto disk. From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems. 1736 Portability: 1737 Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later 1738 to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by 1739 rmail and vacation. Problem noted by Kevin 1740 A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware. 1741 NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again. Unless 1742 the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped, 1743 8.13 will change the default locking method to 1744 fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later. You may 1745 want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with 1746 -DHASFLOCK=0. Be sure to update other sendmail 1747 related programs to match locking techniques. 1748 17498.12.4/8.12.4 2002/06/03 1750 SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model 1751 can leave systems open to a local denial of service 1752 attack. Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS" 1753 section of the top level README for more information. 1754 Problem noted by lumpy. 1755 Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile 1756 instead of 0644. 1757 Change the default file permissions for new alias database files 1758 from 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1759 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1760 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 1761 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 1762 Purdue University. 1763 Expand macros before passing them to libmilter. Problem noted 1764 by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale 1765 Superieure des Mines de Paris. 1766 Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter 1767 replaces the body of a message. Problem noted by Gisle Aas 1768 of Active State. 1769 Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the 1770 initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554. Patches 1771 from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1772 Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by 1773 inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength 1774 is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed. Based on 1775 patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic). 1776 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection 1777 is rejected anyway. Noted by Chris Loelke. 1778 Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page. Requested 1779 by Bill Fenner of AT&T. 1780 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 1781 or the queue. 1782 Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to 1783 user who started sendmail. 1784 If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if 1785 the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space. Suggested 1786 by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus. 1787 Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths 1788 if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and 1789 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options 1790 are set. Problem noted by Werner Spirk of 1791 Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich. 1792 Portability: 1793 Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not 1794 be able to use Milter's body replacement feature. 1795 This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX. 1796 Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be 1797 non-compliant. Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of 1798 Charles University in Prague. 1799 The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared 1800 memory. 1801 CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map. 1802 Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1803 CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with 1804 FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail 1805 to be misaddressed. Problem noted by Andrzej Filip. 1806 CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that 1807 fail for AAAA queries. Problem noted by Chris Boyd. 1808 CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking 1809 the sender address. This allows locally submitted mail to 1810 be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver 1811 and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself. Problem 1812 noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project. 1813 CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode} 1814 macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used. Problem 1815 noted by Bryan Costales. 1816 CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no 1817 matches are found. Fix from Andrzej Filip. 1818 CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message. Suggested 1819 by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd. 1820 CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2. Contributed by 1821 Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 1822 CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to 1823 match dnsbl change. 1824 DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file, 1825 confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially 1826 installing the sendmail statistics file. 1827 LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case 1828 a user's filter starts other applications. 1829 LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate 1830 functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL. 1831 MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from 1832 0644 to 0640. This can be overridden at compile time 1833 by setting the DBMMODE macro. 1834 SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR. 1835 Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University. 1836 VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show 1837 bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses. Problem 1838 noted by Bryan Costales. 1839 New Files: 1840 cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4 1841 18428.12.3/8.12.3 2002/04/05 1843 NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups 1844 are used. In previous versions this could cause mail 1845 not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved 1846 by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back 1847 into the right place. Some precautions have been taken 1848 to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary. 1849 sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it 1850 may store the path of data files in queue files. Hence 1851 queue files should not be moved unless those internals 1852 are understood and the integrity of the files is not 1853 compromised. Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia 1854 University. 1855 If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different 1856 queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail 1857 to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is 1858 triggered. Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen 1859 of INTERMETA. 1860 Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget 1861 running queues. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. 1862 Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions. 1863 Problem noted by Guy Feltin. 1864 Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter 1865 read and write timeouts. Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of 1866 ActiveState. 1867 Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive. Problem 1868 noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 1869 If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to 1870 the RunAsUser group. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1871 Northern Illinois University. 1872 Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path 1873 contains a trailing slash. Based on patch from Dirk Meyer 1874 of Dinoex. 1875 Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually 1876 4096). Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 1877 Polytechnic Institute. 1878 Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data 1879 if several mails are sent in one session and some of them 1880 do not have a From: header. Problem noted by Bas Haakman. 1881 Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection 1882 will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero. 1883 Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University. 1884 Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection. 1885 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1886 Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure. Based on 1887 patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1888 Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch 1889 missing arguments. 1890 Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by 1891 a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used. 1892 Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web. 1893 Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges. 1894 Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 1895 Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial 1896 connect fails and DialDelay is set. Patch from Servaas 1897 Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven. 1898 Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running 1899 a set-user-ID (non-root) program. Problem noted by Jon 1900 Lusky of ISS Atlanta. 1901 Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue 1902 directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list 1903 which has an owner- alias. Problem noted by Anne Bennett 1904 of Concordia University. 1905 Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified. Problem 1906 found by Mario Nigrovic. 1907 The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed 1908 incoming messages. A leading dot is always stripped by the 1909 SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by 1910 another dot. Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com. 1911 Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or 1912 base64 encoding to 8-bit text. Problem noted by Mark 1913 Elvers. 1914 Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections. 1915 Instead of being the exact same number as the total number 1916 of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the 1917 total number of TCP connections. 1918 Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially 1919 non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary. 1920 Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere. 1921 Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers 1922 are used. Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian. 1923 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 1924 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 1925 Texas. 1926 Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421 1927 to 451. 1928 Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was 1929 only done in one place: queue group creation). Based on 1930 patch by Bryan Costales. 1931 Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short 1932 timeouts. Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada. 1933 Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote 1934 responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O 1935 errors. By doing so, the host was marked as having a 1936 temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was 1937 queued for the next queue run. Problem noted by Fletcher 1938 Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of 1939 Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU, 1940 and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1941 Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers 1942 which drop the connection instead of responding to the 1943 command). 1944 Portability: 1945 Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is 1946 available. 1947 Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X. That platform 1948 now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR 1949 settings. Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of 1950 Skyrr. 1951 Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin. Problem 1952 noted by John Beck. 1953 Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0. 1954 Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX. From 1955 Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard. 1956 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for 1957 SMTP AUTH information. This feature was actually added in 1958 8.12.0 but a release note was not included. 1959 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 1960 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 1961 error. 1962 CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using 1963 FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain'). Problem noted by 1964 Krzysztof Oledzki. 1965 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias 1966 initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP. 1967 CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp') 1968 is in use. Patch from Andrzej Filip. 1969 CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of 1970 `localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers. 1971 This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified, 1972 i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless 1973 it is embedded in square brackets. Problem noted by 1974 Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies. 1975 CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in 1976 submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps. This is a compromise 1977 to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the 1978 default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog 1979 time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the 1980 user's $TZ setting. Problem noted by Mark Roth of the 1981 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed 1982 by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1983 CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID 1984 binary. Adjust local mailer flags accordingly. Problem 1985 noted by John Beck. 1986 CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around 1987 if queue groups are used. 1988 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild. 1989 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket. 1990 CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command. 1991 Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1992 DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs. 1993 LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket 1994 structure that is passed to xxfi_connect(). Notice: 1995 this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have 1996 this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port 1997 values depending on the endianness of the involved systems. 1998 Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState. 1999 LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but 2000 SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply. Do the 2001 same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned. 2002 LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as 2003 required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins 2004 da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris. 2005 LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define. Set 2006 this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include 2007 ldap_memfree(). 2008 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2009 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2010 SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems. Problem 2011 noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH. 2012 VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases. Based 2013 on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California, 2014 San Francisco. 2015 VACATION: Don't ignore -C option. Based on patch by Bryan Costales. 2016 VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page. Problem noted by 2017 Joe Barbish. 2018 New Files: 2019 libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html 2020 20218.12.2/8.12.2 2002/01/13 2022 Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing 2023 at startup, only log an error message. 2024 Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character 2025 following -b) has been specified. 2026 Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the 2027 permissions or owner of hoststatus files. Problem noted 2028 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2029 Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status. 2030 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat 2031 Regensburg. 2032 Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent 2033 SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command. 2034 Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico 2035 Institute of Mining and Technology. 2036 Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body 2037 chunk sent by a filter. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 2038 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2039 In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in 2040 the message size calculation. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 2041 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2042 Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon 2043 needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes. 2044 Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services. 2045 Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad 2046 commands are issued. This makes it consistent with normal 2047 SMTP connections. 2048 Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections. Problem noted by 2049 William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining 2050 and Technology. 2051 Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the 2052 message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822 2053 source route. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2054 Meteorological Institute. 2055 Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address 2056 parsing. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web 2057 Online. 2058 For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize 2059 that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile 2060 time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF, 2061 and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for 2062 regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file 2063 types, respectively. 2064 Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at 2065 exactly the same time. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks 2066 of Virginia Tech. 2067 Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the 2068 alias file, not just for include/.forward files. 2069 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2070 Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup. 2071 Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2072 Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same 2073 process are closed. Patch from Taso N. Devetzis. 2074 If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected 2075 directories. Patch from Alexander Talos of the University 2076 of Vienna. 2077 Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks. Patch from David Powell 2078 of Sun Microsystems. 2079 Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset. 2080 This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client 2081 with servers that do not support realms when using 2082 CRAM-MD5. Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin. 2083 Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the 2084 server gets stuck while processing that command. Problem 2085 noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2086 In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during 2087 command line invocations log them to make it simpler 2088 to understand possible DSNs to postmaster. 2089 Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set. 2090 Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections 2091 instead of forcing localhost. 2092 Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and 2093 submit.cf. Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig. 2094 Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1. Problem 2095 noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2096 If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly 2097 dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop 2098 sending commands. This prevents bogus "Bad file number" 2099 recipient status. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 2100 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2101 Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's 2102 almost always too small; do not guess the size at all. 2103 New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC. Requested by James Seagraves of 2104 Compaq Computer Corp. 2105 Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works 2106 properly. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia 2107 Tech. 2108 Portability: 2109 Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X. Based on 2110 patch provided by HP. 2111 Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a 2112 working seteuid() call. From Daniel J. Luke. 2113 Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX. From Ganu 2114 Sachin of Siemens. 2115 Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX. 2116 Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11. This 2117 fixes a problem that caused additional bogus 2118 characters to be written to the qf file. Problem 2119 noted by Tapani Tarvainen. 2120 Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare. Problem noted 2121 by Boyd Lynn Gerber. 2122 Add support for HP MPE/iX. See sendmail/README for port 2123 information. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 2124 New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON, 2125 USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK. See sendmail/README 2126 for more information. From Mark Bixby of 2127 Hewlett-Packard. 2128 If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space 2129 (SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space. 2130 From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 2131 Add support for AIX 5.1. From Valdis Kletnieks of 2132 Virginia Tech. 2133 Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP. From Hisanori Gogota 2134 of the NTT/InterCommunication Center. 2135 Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string. 2136 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2137 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed 2138 UUCP from the base operating system. From Mark Murray of 2139 FreeBSD Services, Ltd. 2140 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX 2141 systems. From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard. 2142 CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers. 2143 Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of 2144 Florida. 2145 CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4. Problem noted by 2146 Altin Waldmann. 2147 CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and 2148 confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp). From Mark Bixby of 2149 Hewlett-Packard. 2150 LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after 2151 libmilter terminated. Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev 2152 of MSFU. 2153 LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking. 2154 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2155 Institute. 2156 LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX. Patch from Larry Rosenman. 2157 LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt 2158 to free memory twice. 2159 LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library. 2160 Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley 2161 of Sun Microsystems. 2162 LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when 2163 terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP 2164 example code. Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the 2165 University of Athens. 2166 New Files: 2167 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf 2168 cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc 2169 cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4 2170 cf/ostype/mpeix.m4 2171 devtools/OS/AIX.5.1 2172 devtools/OS/MPE-iX 2173 include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h 2174 libsm/mpeix.c 2175 21768.12.1/8.12.1 2001/10/01 2177 SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded 2178 to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by 2179 supplying bogus data. Add configuration options for 2180 different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid. Problem 2181 found by Michal Zalewski. 2182 PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra 2183 privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag) 2184 during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is 2185 used. Suggested by Michal Zalewski. 2186 Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files. 2187 Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2188 Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP 2189 delivery. LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or 2190 STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets. 2191 If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default 2192 values for configuration file and pid file but also the 2193 selected values. Problem noted by Brad Chapman. 2194 Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL 2195 errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time 2196 if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set. Previously 2197 this only applied to hostname canonification. Problem 2198 noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research. 2199 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2200 canonical name for a host. 2201 When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command 2202 line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.) to mail submission 2203 operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.). Idea based on 2204 suggestion from Michal Zalewski. 2205 Portability: 2206 AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version. 2207 `uname` does not given complete information. 2208 Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna 2209 Aircraft Company. 2210 OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local). 2211 Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX. 2212 Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass 2213 integers. Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of 2214 Courtesan Consulting. 2215 CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize 2216 problems with potential misconfigurations. 2217 CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount. Problem 2218 noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and 2219 Technology Organisation of Australia. 2220 CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case 2221 of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists 2222 then use it. 2223 LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h. Problem noted by 2224 Richard A. Nelson of Debian. 2225 LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it. Problem noted 2226 by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2227 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2228 and vacation. 2229 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2230 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2231 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2232 New Files: 2233 test/Build 2234 test/Makefile 2235 test/Makefile.m4 2236 test/README 2237 test/t_dropgid.c 2238 test/t_setgid.c 2239 Deleted Files: 2240 include/sm/stdio.h 2241 include/sm/sysstat.h 2242 22438.12.0/8.12.0 2001/09/08 2244 *NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use 2245 set-user-ID root anymore. You need to create a new user and 2246 a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by 2247 default). The installation process tries to install 2248 /etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by 2249 default. Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details. 2250 SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include: 2251 files. These checks can be turned off if absolutely 2252 necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new 2253 flags: 2254 GroupWritableForwardFile 2255 WorldWritableForwardFile 2256 GroupWritableIncludeFile 2257 WorldWritableIncludeFile 2258 Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska, 2259 SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode. Suggested 2260 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 2261 (IdS). 2262 Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump 2263 point where the variable could become overused for more than 2264 one timeout concurrently. This erroneous behavior resulted in 2265 a corrupted stack causing a core dump. The timeout is now 2266 handled via libsm. Problem noted by Michael Shapiro, 2267 John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems. 2268 If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission 2269 checks (group ID of RunAsUser). This allows use of a 2270 set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission 2271 and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed. For details 2272 see sendmail/SECURITY. 2273 Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label. 2274 Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc. 2275 If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf 2276 with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file. See 2277 sendmail/SECURITY. 2278 New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue 2279 files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID 2280 sendmail binary. See sendmail/SECURITY. 2281 The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default), 2282 -bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it 2283 is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible). This selection 2284 can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf 2285 file: client or mta). See sendmail/SECURITY. 2286 The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command. The ONEX 2287 command has been removed. 2288 Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920. It can be turned off 2289 at compile time or per host (ruleset). 2290 New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database 2291 used to look up local mail recipients; the default value 2292 is "pw", which means to use getpwnam(). New mailbox database 2293 types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c. 2294 Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters 2295 long, to accomodate envelope splitting. File systems with 2296 a 14 character file name length limit are no longer 2297 supported. 2298 Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by 2299 hostsignature (character string version of MX RR). This orders 2300 recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller 2301 portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole 2302 list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking. The 2303 significance of the change is better the larger the recipient 2304 list. Hostsignature is now created during recipient list 2305 creation rather than just before delivery. 2306 Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking. Previous 2307 piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail 2308 piggybacking. Rather than complete MX RR matching 2309 (coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value 2310 preference matches (coattail). 2311 If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will 2312 try other MX hosts if available. 2313 DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for 2314 outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication. 2315 New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable 2316 AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions). Based 2317 on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 2318 Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used. 2319 A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side 2320 authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo. 2321 Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be 2322 removed in future versions. 2323 Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554 2324 requires 334. Mercury 1.48 is a known offender. 2325 Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength 2326 for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). See 2327 doc/op/op.me for details. 2328 Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject}, 2329 {cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that 2330 signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash 2331 of the presented certificate, respectively. 2332 New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS. 2333 New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the 2334 server per connection. See doc/op/op.me for details. 2335 New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular 2336 recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure 2337 enough on a per recipient basis. 2338 New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server 2339 for STARTTLS. 2340 If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the 2341 value "NOT". 2342 New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off 2343 using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail. 2344 Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file. 2345 Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2346 Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if 2347 really required. This change results in a noticable 2348 performance gains on most machines. Moreover, if shared 2349 memory is in use, reuse the key several times. 2350 Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with 2351 the same behavior together. See doc/op/op.me for details. 2352 If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater 2353 than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they 2354 are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope 2355 splitting. If the mail is submitted directly from the 2356 command line, then the value also limits the number of 2357 processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are 2358 created they are only queued up and must be taken care of 2359 by a queue run. 2360 The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file 2361 system each queue directory resides in. 2362 All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent. 2363 New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files. 2364 Add parallel queue runner code. Allows multiple queue runners per work 2365 group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment 2366 collected together) to process the same work list at the 2367 same time. 2368 Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently 2369 active queue runner processes. 2370 New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue 2371 runners per queue group. 2372 Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows 2373 the pattern to be negated. For -qI, -qR and -qS it is 2374 permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members 2375 of the queue that match during processing. 2376 New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of 2377 periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single 2378 child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue 2379 runs. A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this 2380 persistent queue runner. 2381 The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a 2382 sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval: 2383 sendmail -q15m). 2384 New option NiceQueueRun to set the priority of queue runners. 2385 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 2386 sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q 2387 unless the new -qf option or -v is used. 2388 QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if 2389 several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention. 2390 QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time 2391 of the qf file (older entries first). 2392 Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows 2393 a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail 2394 should be delivered. New option DeliverByMin added to set the 2395 minimum amount of time or disable the extension. 2396 Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are 2397 not allowed unless escaped or quoted. 2398 Add support for a generic DNS map. Based on a patch contributed 2399 by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on 2400 work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer 2401 Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of 2402 Technology, Stockholm, Sweden. 2403 MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost. To use the old 2404 behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets. 2405 Proposed by Thom O'Connor. 2406 Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used 2407 for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set 2408 via SharedMemoryKey. This minimizes the number of system 2409 calls to check the available space. See doc/op/op.me for 2410 details. 2411 If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print 2412 the number of entries in the queue(s). 2413 Enable generic mail filter API (milter). See libmilter/README 2414 and the usual documentation for details. 2415 Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10. 2416 Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as 2417 announced in 8.10. 2418 Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR. Use an MSA instead. 2419 New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is 2420 an envelope sender or recipient address. Suggested by 2421 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2422 Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout), 2423 -r (number of retries). 2424 New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a 2425 separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute 2426 and value separated by the given separator. 2427 Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and) 2428 to map class arith. 2429 If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces'' 2430 (errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped. 2431 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and 2432 GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files. 2433 New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax 2434 requirements for files containing secret keys. This is 2435 necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used. 2436 Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for 2437 filenames with spaces). 2438 Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames. 2439 Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc: 2440 {if_name_out} hostname of interface of outgoing connection. 2441 {if_addr_out} address of interface of outgoing connection. 2442 {if_family_out} family of interface of outgoing connection. 2443 The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong 2444 to the loopback net. 2445 Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients. 2446 DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'. Patch from 2447 Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart. 2448 New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for 2449 an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command. 2450 New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for 2451 all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed. 2452 Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once 2453 a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option 2454 BadRcptThrottle). From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD 2455 Development Group. 2456 New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages 2457 exceeds the specified value. The default of 0 does not 2458 change the previous behavior. A value greater than 0 2459 will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most 2460 SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that 2461 load average is exceeded. 2462 Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of 2463 recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer. 2464 This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines 2465 the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100). 2466 Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2467 Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0'). 2468 Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead. 2469 The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone. Use [IPC] 2470 instead. 2471 IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC] 2472 builtin mailer pathnames. Use TCP instead. 2473 PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the 2474 old libqiapi library. Contributed by Mark Roth of the 2475 University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2476 New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags} 2477 for direct (command line) submissions. 2478 New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in 2479 case of failures. Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun 2480 Hagino of the KAME Project. 2481 Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers 2482 whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:. 2483 Proposed by Andrzej Filip. 2484 Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing 2485 STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level 2486 9 or higher. Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP 2487 AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries. 2488 Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format 2489 before logging. 2490 Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given 2491 (at LogLevel 9/10 or higher). 2492 Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher. 2493 Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections 2494 in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or 2495 TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway. 2496 Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for 2497 DSNs ("old id: new id: clone"). Suggested by Ulrich Windl 2498 of the Universitat Regensburg. 2499 Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including 2500 assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories, 2501 exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools, 2502 portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O 2503 package. It will at some point replace libsmutil. 2504 See libsm/index.html for details. 2505 Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken 2506 care of by fork() and exit(). 2507 Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls. Allows for 2508 more consistent portablity amongst different platforms 2509 new and old (from new libsm). 2510 Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two 2511 ('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf'). 2512 Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's. 2513 New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used 2514 together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk 2515 synchronizations calls. 2516 Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output. 2517 T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail. 2518 When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS" 2519 too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info). 2520 sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories. 2521 See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me 2522 for details. 2523 Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors 2524 such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses. The DSNs 2525 generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform). 2526 Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 2527 Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error 2528 mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the 2529 SMTP dialogue. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2530 Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems 2531 that do not have postmaster defined. If an email was sent 2532 from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and 2533 in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable, 2534 then that email had been delivered in each queue run. 2535 Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita 2536 degli Studi dell'Insubria. 2537 The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed, 2538 i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now. 2539 Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and 2540 higher. Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2541 New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA. When 2542 attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers 2543 will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6) 2544 lookups. If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new 2545 flag. Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and 2546 Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 2547 Urbana-Champaign. 2548 Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}(). Problem 2549 noted by Joy Latten of IBM. 2550 ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second 2551 to each daemon individually, not the overall number of 2552 connections. 2553 Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force 2554 sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the 2555 ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of 2556 cf/README. 2557 Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command. If 2558 the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a 2559 '|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the 2560 rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup. This 2561 allows classes to be filled via a map lookup. See op.me 2562 for more syntax information. Specifically, this can be 2563 used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read 2564 the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR 2565 ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an 2566 example). 2567 The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for 2568 the default schema used in the above two items. 2569 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a 2570 warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class 2571 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path. 2572 Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning 2573 if a program being run from a mailer or file class 2574 (e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable. 2575 Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w} 2576 hostnames. Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback" 2577 (without quotes) will disable this and return to the 2578 pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces. 2579 Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC. 2580 In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple 2581 HELO/EHLO commands. 2582 Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each 2583 possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing 2584 connections. Restrictions placed on one family only affect 2585 outgoing connections on that particular family. Because of 2586 this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the 2587 connection is established. Based on patch from Motonori 2588 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2589 PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges 2590 when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root 2591 nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases, 2592 forwards, or :include: files. It also will override the -v 2593 (verbose) command line option. 2594 If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface 2595 address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall 2596 back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set). 2597 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2598 New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input: 2599 number of recipients). Based on patch from Mark Roth of 2600 the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 2601 Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985. The queue group 2602 can be specified using the '#' option character. For 2603 example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'. 2604 If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the 2605 current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback 2606 servers. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of 2607 British Columbia. 2608 Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501 2609 because 501 is not allowed on all commands. 2610 The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be 2611 replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 2612 and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail 2613 if required. 2614 The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed. Use the ldap map 2615 class instead. 2616 Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the 2617 "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For example, 2618 if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to 2619 class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4]. 2620 Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the 2621 MTA is running. For example, during a queue run. 2622 Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the 2623 RES_USE_INET6 resolver option. Based on patch from Rick 2624 Nelson of IBM. 2625 The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too 2626 many "light weight" commands have been received are now 2627 configurable during compile time. The current values and 2628 their defaults are: 2629 MAXBADCOMMANDS 25 unknown commands 2630 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 2631 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 2632 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 2633 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 2634 Setting a value to 0 disables the check. Patch from Bryan 2635 Costales of SL3D, Inc. 2636 The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if 2637 ${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty. 2638 Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used 2639 in headers. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2640 Meteorological Institute. 2641 Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce 2642 messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses 2643 which are not delivered on the initial attempt. 2644 Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after 2645 the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future 2646 deliveries. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2647 New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for 2648 file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory 2649 if the meta-data in it has been changed. This should be 2650 set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux. 2651 See sendmail/README for further information. 2652 Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if 2653 sendmail is signaled to terminate. Problem noted by 2654 Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom. 2655 Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the 2656 envelope is initialized. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of 2657 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2658 Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue. Fix 2659 from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink. 2660 Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of 2661 temporary errors. Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of 2662 flora.ca. 2663 Portability: 2664 Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character 2665 filenames and is outdated anyway. Suggested by 2666 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 2667 Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR, 2668 i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group 2669 of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set 2670 optimization limit to 0 (unlimited). Based on patch 2671 from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari 2672 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2673 Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under 2674 Solaris 8 and later. 2675 Add support for OpenUNIX. 2676 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10. 2677 CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf. 2678 CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc. 2679 CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt). 2680 CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with 2681 temporary lookup failures. 2682 CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default 2683 action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names 2684 or IP nets. 2685 CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or 2686 relay address as long as the other part allows the email 2687 to get through. 2688 CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter 2689 "%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an 2690 entry like user+*@domain. This allows handling of details by 2691 using %1%3 as the RHS. Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been 2692 introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses. 2693 CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed 2694 and hence there is no required order within the MAILER 2695 section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come 2696 after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used. 2697 CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G} 2698 (GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated 2699 as canonical. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2700 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup 2701 in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually 2702 terminates check_* ruleset checking. 2703 CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset 2704 tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details. 2705 CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether 2706 STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version} 2707 cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})". 2708 CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks') 2709 options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable 2710 specification of whole domains instead of just users. 2711 Notice: this change is not backward compatible. 2712 Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services. 2713 CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see 2714 cf/README for details. 2715 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in 2716 the access map. Proposed by Randall Winchester of the 2717 University of Maryland. 2718 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for 2719 the local mailer. Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online. 2720 CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default 2721 messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access 2722 map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively. 2723 CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument 2724 to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one. 2725 Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem 2726 Solving. 2727 CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific 2728 options, see doc/op/op.me for details. 2729 CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for 2730 the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL). 2731 CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated 2732 immediately. 2733 CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which 2734 allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups. 2735 See cf/README for details. 2736 CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for 2737 temporary lookup failures. 2738 CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for 2739 Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension. 2740 CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared 2741 memory use. 2742 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting 2743 of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the 2744 string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain, 2745 in the access map. Based on code contributed by Mathias 2746 Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd. 2747 CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user 2748 file. Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2749 CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered 2750 via LMTP. Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU. 2751 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of 2752 the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used. 2753 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the 2754 +detail portion of the address when passing address to 2755 local delivery agent. Disables alias and .forward +detail 2756 stripping. Only use if LDA supports this. 2757 CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl'). 2758 CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE() 2759 which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP 2760 Routing lookups. Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the 2761 masquerade domain name for lookups. See cf/README for 2762 additional details. 2763 CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which 2764 instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being 2765 looked up has +detail information. See cf/README for more 2766 information. 2767 CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look 2768 up the new routing address/host in the mailertable. Based 2769 on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau. 2770 CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing 2771 is in use and the bounce option is enabled. Only reject 2772 recipients as user unknown. 2773 CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map 2774 features. See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS'' 2775 section of cf/README for more information. 2776 CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster} 2777 macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING 2778 LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''. 2779 CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(), 2780 which takes the options as argument and can be used 2781 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 2782 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options: 2783 confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE BadRcptThrottle 2784 confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS DirectSubmissionModifiers 2785 confMAILBOX_DATABASE MailboxDatabase 2786 confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN MaxQueueChildren 2787 confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE MaxRunnersPerQueue 2788 confNICE_QUEUE_RUN NiceQueueRun 2789 confQUEUE_FILE_MODE QueueFileMode 2790 confFAST_SPLIT FastSplit 2791 confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS TLSSrvOptions 2792 See above (and related documentation) for further information. 2793 CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options: 2794 confTO_ACONNECT Timeout.aconnect 2795 confTO_AUTH Timeout.auth 2796 confTO_LHLO Timeout.lhlo 2797 confTO_STARTTLS Timeout.starttls 2798 CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API: 2799 confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS InputMailFilters 2800 confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL Milter.LogLevel 2801 confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT Milter.macros.connect 2802 confMILTER_MACROS_HELO Milter.macros.helo 2803 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM Milter.macros.envfrom 2804 confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT Milter.macros.envrcpt 2805 Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and 2806 MAIL_FILTER(). See libmilter/README, cf/README, and 2807 doc/op/op.me for details. 2808 CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains. 2809 See cf/README for details. Based on patch by Motonori 2810 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 2811 CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the 2812 dequote map. 2813 CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups. 2814 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based 2815 on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient. 2816 CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed 2817 by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly. For 2818 example, if you want to use the IPv6 address 2819 2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need 2820 to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side. 2821 This affects the access database as well as the 2822 relay-domains and local-host-names files. 2823 CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux). 2824 CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST. 2825 CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading 2826 exceptions from a file. Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of 2827 Mississippi State University. 2828 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users 2829 (LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file. 2830 CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4 2831 which allows to lookup error codes in the access map. 2832 Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 2833 DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library 2834 files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP, 2835 confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN. 2836 DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off 2837 installation of the the formatted man pages on operating 2838 systems which don't include cat directories. 2839 EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap. 2840 MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2841 local mail recipients. New option -D mbdb specifies the 2842 mailbox database type. 2843 MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to 2844 deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home 2845 directory instead of the system mail spool area. Based on 2846 patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net. 2847 MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but 2848 doesn't truncate the statistics file. 2849 MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter 2850 instead of white space. 2851 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 2852 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2853 Meteorological Institute. 2854 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later. 2855 VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to 2856 auto-replied. From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd. 2857 VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout 2858 instead of syslog. 2859 VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login 2860 in the password file. The -f and -m options must be used 2861 to specify the database and message file since there is no 2862 home directory for the default settings for these options. 2863 VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up 2864 local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option 2865 from the sendmail.cf file. New option -C cffile which 2866 specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file. 2867 New Directories: 2868 libmilter/docs 2869 New Files: 2870 cf/cf/README 2871 cf/cf/submit.cf 2872 cf/cf/submit.mc 2873 cf/feature/authinfo.m4 2874 cf/feature/compat_check.m4 2875 cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4 2876 cf/feature/msp.m4 2877 cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4 2878 cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4 2879 cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4 2880 cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4 2881 cf/feature/queuegroup.m4 2882 cf/sendmail.schema 2883 contrib/dnsblaccess.m4 2884 devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4 2885 devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386 2886 editmap/* 2887 include/sm/* 2888 libsm/* 2889 libsmutil/cf.c 2890 libsmutil/err.c 2891 sendmail/SECURITY 2892 sendmail/TUNING 2893 sendmail/bf.c 2894 sendmail/bf.h 2895 sendmail/sasl.c 2896 sendmail/sm_resolve.c 2897 sendmail/sm_resolve.h 2898 sendmail/tls.c 2899 Deleted Files: 2900 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2901 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 2902 devtools/OS/AIX.2 2903 include/sendmail/cdefs.h 2904 include/sendmail/errstring.h 2905 include/sendmail/useful.h 2906 libsmutil/errstring.c 2907 sendmail/bf_portable.c 2908 sendmail/bf_portable.h 2909 sendmail/bf_torek.c 2910 sendmail/bf_torek.h 2911 sendmail/clock.c 2912 Renamed Files: 2913 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc 2914 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf 2915 cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4 2916 29178.11.7/8.11.7 2003/03/29 2918 SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by 2919 dropping sender and recipient header comments if the 2920 comments are too long. Problem noted by Mark Dowd 2921 of ISS X-Force. 2922 SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to 2923 a char to int conversion problem which is potentially 2924 remotely exploitable. Problem found by Michal Zalewski. 2925 Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to 2926 data that it receives from untrusted sources, which 2927 includes DNS. 2928 To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs, 2929 8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in 2930 headers etc. To turn off this conversion compile with 2931 -DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101. 2932 To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be 2933 performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default 2934 for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024. 2935 Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only 2936 protects against frontal attacks from the outside. 2937 To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults, 2938 set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0. 2939 Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data 2940 across various connections. This could cause session 2941 oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements, 2942 to erroneously allow a connection. Problem noted 2943 by Tim Maletic of Priority Health. 2944 Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the 2945 canonical name for a host. 2946 Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps. 2947 Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line 2948 or the queue. 2949 Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by 2950 turning off alarms before checking if event list is 2951 empty. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 2952 Polytechnic Institute. 2953 Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable 2954 NAME is set. Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of 2955 Purdue University. 2956 Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files. 2957 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of 2958 Texas. 2959 CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce 2960 parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary 2961 error. 2962 CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if 2963 FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled. 2964 LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases, 2965 and vacation. 2966 LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X 2967 and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag. 2968 MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does 2969 not contain a value for a key. Based on patch from 2970 Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard. 2971 MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on 2972 the mailbox fails. Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of 2973 Sun Microsystems. 2974 SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be 2975 used for a command. Problem noted by David Endler of 2976 iDEFENSE, Inc. 2977 29788.11.6/8.11.6 2001/08/20 2979 SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying 2980 out-of-bounds debug parameters. Problem detected by 2981 Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus. 2982 Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs. This could 2983 happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been 2984 scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout 2985 is reached such that several DSNs are sent next. Problem 2986 noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard. 2987 Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many 2988 wildcard operators in a rule. Problem detected by 2989 Werner Wiethege. 2990 Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups. Problem 2991 noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca 2992 29938.11.5/8.11.5 2001/07/31 2994 Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart 2995 the daemon. This could terminate the current process without 2996 starting a new daemon. Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha 2997 of SE Netway Communications. 2998 Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or 2999 the command line. Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff. 3000 When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system 3001 which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back 3002 to looking up only IPv4 addresses. Problem noted by Tim 3003 Bosserman of EarthLink. 3004 When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP 3005 Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response. 3006 Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using 3007 IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be 3008 forged". Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo 3009 University College. 3010 Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM. Problem noted by 3011 Greg King of the OAO Corporation. 3012 Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent 3013 out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent. 3014 Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope 3015 "header". Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the 3016 University at Albany. 3017 Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem 3018 noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 3019 Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override 3020 their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O 3021 Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts 3022 to 2 days. Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese. 3023 Portability: 3024 BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation. Problem 3025 noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 3026 BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?). 3027 Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software. 3028 BSD/OS has fchown(2). Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline 3029 2000 Internet Solutions Inc. 3030 Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3). From Sebastian 3031 Hagedorn of Cologne University. 3032 CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses 3033 (user@[IPv6:address]). Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou. 3034 30358.11.4/8.11.4 2001/05/28 3036 Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap 3037 corruption and other potential race conditions. 3038 Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be 3039 instantaneous due to this change. Also, non-root users can 3040 no longer send out-of-band signals. Problem reported by 3041 Michal Zalewski of BindView. 3042 If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an 3043 encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption 3044 strength. Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol. 3045 If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is 3046 different in those two lines, sendmail might not have 3047 recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms. 3048 Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3. Patch 3049 from Kenji Miyake. 3050 This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding 3051 QueueDirectory wildcards. 3052 If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close 3053 the same map again while exiting. 3054 Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via 3055 LMTP). Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University 3056 of Tuebingen. 3057 If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took 3058 to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce 3059 message would be lost. Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of 3060 Oklahoma State University. 3061 Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex 3062 and prog map types. Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of 3063 InTouch Systems, Inc. 3064 When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the 3065 other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection 3066 to the LDAP server. Patch from Victor Duchovni of 3067 Morgan Stanley. 3068 To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the 3069 .pag file instead of the .dir file. Problem noted by Neil 3070 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3071 Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent. Patch 3072 from Werner Wiethege. 3073 If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket 3074 with the family set in that option. Patch from Sean Farley. 3075 Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer 3076 when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty 3077 recipient list. Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY 3078 Internet Services. 3079 Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces. Problem noticed by Ulrich 3080 Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg. 3081 Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces. Problem noticed by 3082 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3083 Portability: 3084 OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation. 3085 CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back 3086 to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS. 3087 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X. 3088 DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source 3089 file name argument. Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3090 Meteorological Institute. 3091 DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD 3092 since it generates random process ids. 3093 PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings 3094 of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0'). 3095 Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3096 New Files: 3097 cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4 3098 30998.11.3/8.11.3 2001/02/27 3100 Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the 3101 LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus 3102 option was used. Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of 3103 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3104 Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which 3105 could be too long if the last copied character was a quote. 3106 Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers 3107 communications consulting gmbh. 3108 Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 3109 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3110 Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions 3111 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the 3112 connection came in from the command line. 3113 Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions 3114 Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set. Patch from 3115 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3116 Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in 3117 check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure. 3118 Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk 3119 when they were committed. 3120 Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command. 3121 Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch. 3122 Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set 3123 to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may 3124 cause some rulesets to return wrong results. This would 3125 usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on. 3126 Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A= 3127 equate. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 3128 University. 3129 Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially 3130 fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before 3131 accept() completes. 3132 Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be 3133 opened where the "354" reply would normally be given. 3134 Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist 3135 in a queue run. Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo 3136 Wellcome. 3137 If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL, 3138 note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing 3139 "Deferred". Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto 3140 University. 3141 If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully 3142 qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the 3143 hostname. Problem noted by David Bremner of the 3144 University of New Brunswick. 3145 Portability: 3146 Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO 3147 is in use. Problem noted by Auteria Wally 3148 Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition. 3149 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 3150 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3151 OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3). OpenBSD 2.8 and 3152 higher has BSDI-style login classes. Patch from 3153 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3154 Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if 3155 sendmail is being compiled with -kthread. Problem 3156 noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc. 3157 CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and 3158 current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files. 3159 DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations. 3160 Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc. 3161 MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems 3162 storing the temporary message file until after the remote 3163 side has sent the final DATA termination dot. Problem 3164 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 3165 Institute. 3166 MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users 3167 are also specified on the command line. Patch from 3168 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3169 PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on 3170 database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree). 3171 Renamed Files: 3172 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x 3173 31748.11.2/8.11.2 2000/12/29 3175 Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in 3176 address test mode due to a negative array index. Audit 3177 other array indexing. This bug is not believed to be 3178 exploitable. Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 3179 Schools" project (IdS). 3180 Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using 3181 address test mode. This will be turned on in 8.12. It can 3182 be enabled by compiling with: 3183 APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS') 3184 in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file. Suggested by 3185 Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3186 Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have 3187 caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5. 3188 When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read 3189 enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the 3190 sort sub-optimal. Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of 3191 Colby College. 3192 Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per 3193 RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value. 3194 Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started. 3195 This implies that every change to SASL related files requires 3196 a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL 3197 mechanisms (in form of shared libraries). 3198 Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for 3199 a cached connection. Bug reported by Michael Kellen of 3200 NxNetworks, Inc. 3201 Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the 3202 client name. 3203 Include original length of bad field/header when reporting 3204 MaxMimeHeaderLength problems. Requested by Ulrich Windl of 3205 the Universitat Regensburg. 3206 Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in 3207 DeliveryMode queue. Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the 3208 University of Arizona. 3209 Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag. Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano 3210 of Collective Technologies. 3211 Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers 3212 to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly. 3213 Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet 3214 Engineering. 3215 Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer 3216 definition. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3217 Meteorological Institute. 3218 Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses. Patch from 3219 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3220 Fix return values for IRIX nsd map. From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3221 Meteorological Institute. 3222 Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions. Read all 3223 of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to 3224 interpret Addr= and Port=. Problem noted by Valdis 3225 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3226 When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call 3227 initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information. 3228 Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF. 3229 RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if 3230 created. Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon 3231 close. Problem noted by Werner Wiethege. 3232 Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of 3233 overall connections, not the number of connections per 3234 socket. A future version may change this to per socket 3235 counting. 3236 Portability: 3237 Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms 3238 where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t). Problem 3239 noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS. 3240 Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris' 3241 whatis. From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc. 3242 UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support. From Larry 3243 Rosenman. 3244 IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME. Patch from 3245 Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3246 Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and 3247 Solaris 2.5 or earlier. Problem noted by Bob Hughes 3248 of Pacific Access. 3249 Add preliminary support for AIX 5. Contributed by 3250 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3251 Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun 3252 Microsystems. 3253 CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r') 3254 is used. Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online, 3255 patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3256 CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for 3257 FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org. 3258 CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e., 3259 implicitly assume canonical host names. 3260 CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db. Based on 3261 patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3262 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of 3263 Virginia Tech. 3264 CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched 3265 instead of making it worse. Problem noted by Motonori 3266 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3267 CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`). 3268 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error. Problem noted 3269 by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting 3270 gmbh. 3271 CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them. From Mark 3272 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3273 DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4 3274 variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent 3275 namespace collisions. Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura 3276 of Kyoto University. 3277 RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail. It 3278 causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for 3279 installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to 3280 another MTA. The change will re-appear in a future 3281 version. 3282 SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X, 3283 and SunOS 5.8. Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 3284 College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3285 VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore. 3286 VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-* 3287 or *-owner. 3288 New Files: 3289 cf/ostype/aix5.m4 3290 contrib/buildvirtuser 3291 devtools/OS/AIX.5.0 3292 32938.11.1/8.11.1 2000/09/27 3294 Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single 3295 name. Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3296 Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly 3297 seeded. This problem only occurs on systems without 3298 /dev/urandom. Problem detected by Jan Krueger of 3299 digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and 3300 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3301 Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory 3302 wildcards. 3303 Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent 3304 process may close the connection before the child process 3305 has completed. Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong 3306 Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang 3307 Hottgenroth of UUNET. 3308 Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to 3309 read the LDAP secret from a file. 3310 Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after 3311 the user submits the message and before the first delivery 3312 attempt completes. Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet. 3313 Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3314 Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is 3315 greater than 2^31. Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman 3316 of EarthLink. 3317 Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero. 3318 Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as 3319 non-existent instead of treating it as /. Problem noted by 3320 Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 3321 Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item. Problem 3322 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3323 Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot 3324 save rejected email anywhere". Problem noted by Marc G. 3325 Fournier of Acadia University. 3326 If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close 3327 the map so subsequent searches reopen the map. If there are 3328 multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and 3329 one of the others may be able to take over. 3330 Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the 3331 previous load average query result. 3332 If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened, 3333 return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client 3334 instead of ignoring the map. Problem noted by Allan E 3335 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3336 Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving 3337 the split envelopes before the original envelope. 3338 Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of 3339 defer if the PH server could not be contacted. From Mark 3340 Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 3341 Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and 3342 ETRN. Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet. 3343 Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and 3344 RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869. Problem 3345 reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University. 3346 Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS. Problem 3347 noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A. 3348 Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP 3349 client libraries. Patch from Paul Hilchey of the 3350 University of British Columbia. 3351 Portability: 3352 Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9} 3353 instead of defining it in conf.h so users can 3354 override the setting. Suggested by 3355 Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson. 3356 On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of 3357 /usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation. From 3358 Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College. 3359 On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which 3360 does not exist). From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby 3361 College. 3362 Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x. From 3363 Tom Moore of NCR. 3364 NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man. From 3365 Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter. 3366 Solaris 8 and later include /var/run. The default PID file 3367 location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid. From John 3368 Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3369 SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems 3370 which do not. From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan 3371 Consulting. 3372 CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}. 3373 Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG. 3374 CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with 3375 errors in the MAIL address. 3376 CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files. Problem 3377 noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech. 3378 CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8). 3379 Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3380 CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add 3381 GECOS information for an address. This more closely 3382 matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior. From Per Hedeland of 3383 Ericsson. 3384 CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for 3385 SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay 3386 mailer as described in cf/README. 3387 MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas 3388 are obeyed. Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK. 3389 MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using 3390 makemap to 'unmake' the map. 3391 RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to 3392 sendmail. 3393 RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway 3394 submission. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 3395 Meteorological Institute. 3396 VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals. 3397 VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single 3398 dot as the only character on the line. 3399 New Files: 3400 cf/ostype/solaris8.m4 3401 34028.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 3403 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 3404 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 3405 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 3406 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 3407 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 3408 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 3409 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3410 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 3411 it populates. It is possible that some broken 3412 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 3413 Systems in this category should compile with 3414 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 3415 system and report broken implementations to 3416 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 3417 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 3418 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 3419 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 3420 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 3421 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 3422 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 3423 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 3424 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 3425 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 3426 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 3427 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 3428 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 3429 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 3430 random data. 3431 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 3432 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 3433 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 3434 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 3435 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 3436 Martin of CMU. 3437 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 3438 strength factor. 3439 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 3440 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 3441 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 3442 of CMU. 3443 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 3444 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 3445 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 3446 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 3447 documented, unless a family is specified in a 3448 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 3449 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 3450 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 3451 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 3452 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 3453 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 3454 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 3455 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 3456 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 3457 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 3458 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 3459 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3460 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 3461 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 3462 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 3463 of Sun Microsystems. 3464 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 3465 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 3466 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 3467 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 3468 the incoming information in the queue file for later 3469 delivery attempts. 3470 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 3471 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 3472 smoe.org. 3473 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 3474 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 3475 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3476 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 3477 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 3478 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 3479 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 3480 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 3481 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 3482 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 3483 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 3484 Hedeland of Ericsson. 3485 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 3486 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 3487 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 3488 of Northern Illinois University. 3489 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 3490 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3491 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 3492 to kilobyte units. 3493 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 3494 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 3495 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 3496 Polytechnic. 3497 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 3498 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 3499 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 3500 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3501 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 3502 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 3503 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3504 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 3505 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3506 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 3507 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 3508 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 3509 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 3510 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 3511 G. Thomas Consulting. 3512 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 3513 port number (113). 3514 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 3515 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3516 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 3517 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 3518 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3519 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 3520 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 3521 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 3522 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 3523 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 3524 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 3525 University of Mainz. 3526 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 3527 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 3528 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 3529 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 3530 Portability: 3531 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 3532 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 3533 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 3534 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 3535 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 3536 work properly causing problems if the accept() 3537 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 3538 from Tom Moore of NCR. 3539 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 3540 Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security. 3541 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 3542 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 3543 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 3544 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 3545 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 3546 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 3547 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 3548 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 3549 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 3550 confCACERT CACERTFile 3551 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 3552 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 3553 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 3554 confRAND_FILE RandFile 3555 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 3556 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 3557 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 3558 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 3559 cf/README for more information. 3560 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 3561 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 3562 called due to a STARTTLS command. 3563 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 3564 instead of temporary. 3565 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 3566 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 3567 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 3568 Consulting. 3569 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 3570 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 3571 RootsWeb.com. 3572 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 3573 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 3574 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 3575 University of Maryland. 3576 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 3577 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 3578 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 3579 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 3580 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 3581 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 3582 of the University of Alberta. 3583 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 3584 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 3585 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 3586 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 3587 of X.509 certificates. 3588 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 3589 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 3590 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 3591 Universitat Regensburg. 3592 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 3593 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3594 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 3595 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3596 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 3597 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3598 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 3599 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 3600 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 3601 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 3602 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 3603 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 3604 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 3605 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 3606 University. 3607 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 3608 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 3609 links. 3610 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 3611 reported. 3612 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 3613 Denman Tire Corporation. 3614 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 3615 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 3616 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 3617 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 3618 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 3619 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 3620 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 3621 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 3622 have a From line. 3623 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 3624 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 3625 Added Files: 3626 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 3627 contrib/cidrexpand 3628 contrib/link_hash.sh 3629 contrib/movemail.conf 3630 contrib/movemail.pl 3631 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 3632 test/t_snprintf.c 3633 36348.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 3635 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 3636 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 3637 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 3638 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 3639 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 3640 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 3641 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 3642 Added Files: 3643 test/t_setuid.c 3644 36458.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 3646 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 3647 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 3648 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 3649 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 3650 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 3651 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 3652 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 3653 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 3654 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 3655 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 3656 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 3657 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3658 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 3659 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 3660 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3661 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 3662 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 3663 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 3664 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 3665 or higher. 3666 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 3667 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 3668 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 3669 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 3670 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 3671 Polytechnic Institute. 3672 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 3673 discards the message. 3674 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 3675 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 3676 attempted to the alias. 3677 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 3678 flag options. 3679 Portability: 3680 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 3681 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 3682 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 3683 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 3684 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 3685 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 3686 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 3687 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 3688 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 3689 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 3690 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 3691 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 3692 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 3693 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 3694 Services, LLC. 3695 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 3696 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 3697 Courtesan Consulting. 3698 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 3699 Siemens Business Services. 3700 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 3701 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 3702 of WSRCC. 3703 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 3704 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 3705 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 3706 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 3707 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 3708 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 3709 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 3710 of NEC. 3711 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 3712 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 3713 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 3714 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 3715 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 3716 Virginia Tech. 3717 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 3718 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 3719 University. 3720 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 3721 for other internal projects but included in the open source 3722 release. 3723 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 3724 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 3725 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 3726 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 3727 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 3728 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 3729 Sendmail. 3730 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 3731 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 3732 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3733 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 3734 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 3735 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 3736 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 3737 Northern Illinois University. 3738 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 3739 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 3740 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 3741 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3742 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 3743 Polytechnique de Montreal. 3744 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 3745 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 3746 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 3747 Added Files: 3748 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 3749 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 3750 Deleted Files: 3751 contrib/converting.sun.configs 3752 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 3753 doc/intro 3754 doc/usenix 3755 doc/changes 3756 37578.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 3758 ************************************************************* 3759 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 3760 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 3761 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 3762 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 3763 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 3764 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 3765 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 3766 * coach, and a friend. * 3767 * * 3768 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 3769 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 3770 * Julie, we miss you! * 3771 ************************************************************* 3772 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 3773 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 3774 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 3775 symbolic link target. 3776 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 3777 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 3778 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 3779 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 3780 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 3781 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 3782 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 3783 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 3784 version of sendmail. 3785 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 3786 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 3787 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 3788 (IdS). 3789 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 3790 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 3791 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 3792 for easier code sharing among the programs. 3793 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 3794 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 3795 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 3796 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 3797 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 3798 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 3799 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 3800 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 3801 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 3802 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3803 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3804 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 3805 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3806 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 3807 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 3808 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3809 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 3810 now listen on several different ports. Use: 3811 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 3812 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 3813 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 3814 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 3815 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 3816 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 3817 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 3818 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 3819 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 3820 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 3821 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 3822 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 3823 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 3824 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 3825 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 3826 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 3827 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 3828 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 3829 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 3830 accordingly. 3831 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 3832 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 3833 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 3834 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 3835 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 3836 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 3837 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 3838 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 3839 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 3840 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 3841 InCert Software. 3842 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 3843 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 3844 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 3845 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 3846 a control socket request. 3847 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 3848 settings: 3849 Timeout.resolver.retrans 3850 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3851 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3852 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 3853 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 3854 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3855 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3856 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 3857 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 3858 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 3859 delivery attempt. 3860 Timeout.resolver.retry 3861 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3862 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3863 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 3864 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 3865 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3866 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 3867 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 3868 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 3869 query for all resolver lookups except the first 3870 delivery attempt. 3871 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3872 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 3873 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 3874 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 3875 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 3876 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 3877 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 3878 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 3879 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 3880 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 3881 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3882 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 3883 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 3884 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 3885 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 3886 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 3887 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 3888 Telecommunications Ltd. 3889 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 3890 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 3891 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 3892 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 3893 Inc. 3894 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 3895 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 3896 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3897 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 3898 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3899 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 3900 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 3901 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 3902 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 3903 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 3904 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 3905 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 3906 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 3907 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 3908 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 3909 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 3910 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3911 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 3912 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 3913 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 3914 Ltd. 3915 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 3916 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 3917 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 3918 example mailer might be: 3919 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 3920 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 3921 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 3922 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 3923 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 3924 instead. 3925 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 3926 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 3927 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 3928 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 3929 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 3930 flags. 3931 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 3932 body of the original message on delivery status 3933 notifications. 3934 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 3935 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 3936 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 3937 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 3938 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 3939 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 3940 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 3941 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 3942 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 3943 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 3944 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 3945 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 3946 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 3947 Conwell of Boston University. 3948 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 3949 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 3950 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 3951 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 3952 @Home Network. 3953 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 3954 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 3955 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 3956 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 3957 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 3958 similar to check_rcpt etc. 3959 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 3960 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 3961 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 3962 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 3963 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3964 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 3965 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 3966 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 3967 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 3968 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 3969 Mathias Herberts. 3970 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 3971 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 3972 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 3973 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 3974 in check_compat). 3975 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 3976 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 3977 option. 3978 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 3979 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 3980 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3981 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 3982 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3983 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 3984 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 3985 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 3986 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 3987 is set. 3988 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 3989 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 3990 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 3991 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 3992 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 3993 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 3994 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 3995 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 3996 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 3997 a denial-of-service attack. 3998 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 3999 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 4000 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 4001 overflow attacks. 4002 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 4003 alias recursion. 4004 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 4005 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 4006 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 4007 directly before the newline. 4008 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 4009 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 4010 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 4011 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 4012 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 4013 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 4014 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 4015 could not be opened. 4016 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 4017 value of this option is macro expanded. 4018 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 4019 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 4020 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 4021 (along with the already existing macros): 4022 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 4023 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 4024 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 4025 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 4026 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 4027 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 4028 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 4029 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 4030 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 4031 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 4032 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 4033 loopback net. 4034 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 4035 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 4036 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 4037 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 4038 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 4039 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 4040 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 4041 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 4042 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 4043 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 4044 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 4045 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 4046 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 4047 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 4048 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 4049 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 4050 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 4051 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 4052 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 4053 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 4054 Ericsson. 4055 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 4056 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 4057 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 4058 of Ericsson. 4059 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 4060 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 4061 of Renaissance Internet Services. 4062 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 4063 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 4064 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 4065 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 4066 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 4067 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 4068 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 4069 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 4070 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 4071 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 4072 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 4073 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 4074 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 4075 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4076 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 4077 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 4078 equate name. 4079 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 4080 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 4081 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 4082 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 4083 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 4084 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 4085 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 4086 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 4087 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 4088 David Cooley of Colby College. 4089 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 4090 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 4091 already decided the message will be passed to another host 4092 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 4093 Buckeridge Young Limited. 4094 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 4095 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 4096 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 4097 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 4098 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 4099 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 4100 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 4101 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 4102 of Stanford University. 4103 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 4104 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 4105 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 4106 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 4107 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 4108 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 4109 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 4110 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 4111 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 4112 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 4113 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 4114 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 4115 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 4116 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 4117 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 4118 attributes found in the match will be returned. 4119 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 4120 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 4121 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 4122 comma separated key and value strings. 4123 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 4124 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 4125 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 4126 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 4127 a single connection to that host. 4128 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 4129 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 4130 LDAP lookups. 4131 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 4132 resources. 4133 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 4134 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 4135 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 4136 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 4137 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 4138 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 4139 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 4140 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 4141 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 4142 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 4143 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 4144 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 4145 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 4146 with the name "*". 4147 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 4148 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 4149 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 4150 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 4151 matches to return. 4152 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 4153 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 4154 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 4155 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 4156 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 4157 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 4158 are defined. 4159 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 4160 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 4161 Tech. 4162 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 4163 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 4164 important if you have large classes. 4165 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 4166 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 4167 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 4168 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 4169 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 4170 delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs 4171 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 4172 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 4173 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 4174 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 4175 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 4176 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 4177 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 4178 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 4179 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 4180 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 4181 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 4182 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 4183 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 4184 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 4185 determined). For single processor machines, this change 4186 has no effect. 4187 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 4188 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4189 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 4190 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4191 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 4192 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 4193 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 4194 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 4195 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 4196 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 4197 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 4198 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 4199 connection-based denial of service attacks. 4200 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 4201 10 or higher. 4202 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 4203 information (from= syslog line). 4204 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 4205 equate (dsn=). 4206 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 4207 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see 4208 sendmail/README for details. Contributed by Mark Roth 4209 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4210 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 4211 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 4212 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4213 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 4214 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4215 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 4216 the program as the default user and the default group, not 4217 the forward file user. This change also assures the 4218 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 4219 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 4220 Popovici of DNT Romania. 4221 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 4222 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 4223 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 4224 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 4225 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 4226 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 4227 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 4228 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 4229 helpful to know the sender of the message. 4230 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 4231 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4232 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 4233 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 4234 multiple files. 4235 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 4236 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 4237 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 4238 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 4239 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 4240 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 4241 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 4242 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 4243 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 4244 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 4245 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 4246 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 4247 length before the attempt. 4248 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 4249 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 4250 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 4251 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 4252 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 4253 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 4254 host status files, not all files. 4255 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 4256 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 4257 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 4258 Wonderworks Inc. 4259 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 4260 macro map class. This can be used to store information 4261 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 4262 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 4263 of Hannover. 4264 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 4265 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 4266 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 4267 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 4268 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 4269 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 4270 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 4271 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 4272 flag: 4273 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 4274 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 4275 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 4276 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 4277 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 4278 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 4279 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 4280 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 4281 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 4282 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 4283 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 4284 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 4285 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 4286 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 4287 version. 4288 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 4289 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 4290 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 4291 if referencing a named ruleset. 4292 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 4293 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 4294 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 4295 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 4296 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 4297 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 4298 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 4299 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 4300 the University of Maryland. 4301 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 4302 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 4303 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 4304 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 4305 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 4306 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 4307 COMMANDS). 4308 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 4309 but for outgoing connections. 4310 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 4311 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 4312 a require authentication 4313 b bind to interface through which mail has 4314 been received 4315 c perform hostname canonification 4316 f require fully qualified hostname 4317 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 4318 command 4319 C don't perform hostname canonification 4320 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 4321 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 4322 h use name of interface for HELO command 4323 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 4324 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 4325 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 4326 Institutes of Health. 4327 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 4328 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 4329 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 4330 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 4331 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 4332 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 4333 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 4334 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 4335 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 4336 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 4337 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 4338 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 4339 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 4340 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 4341 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 4342 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 4343 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 4344 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 4345 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 4346 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 4347 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 4348 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 4349 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 4350 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 4351 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4352 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 4353 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 4354 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 4355 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 4356 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 4357 timeout. 4358 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 4359 interface address structure when loading the system network 4360 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 4361 Nanoteq. 4362 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 4363 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 4364 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 4365 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 4366 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 4367 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 4368 on load average. 4369 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4370 Northern Illinois University. 4371 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 4372 envelope splitting has occurred. 4373 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 4374 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 4375 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 4376 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 4377 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 4378 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4379 Institute. 4380 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 4381 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 4382 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 4383 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 4384 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 4385 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 4386 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4387 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 4388 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4389 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 4390 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4391 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 4392 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 4393 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 4394 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4395 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 4396 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 4397 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 4398 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 4399 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 4400 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 4401 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 4402 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4403 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 4404 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 4405 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4406 University. 4407 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 4408 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 4409 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 4410 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 4411 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 4412 ruleset lines as well. 4413 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 4414 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 4415 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 4416 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4417 Institute. 4418 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 4419 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 4420 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 4421 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 4422 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 4423 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 4424 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 4425 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 4426 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 4427 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 4428 of Ericsson. 4429 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 4430 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 4431 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 4432 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4433 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 4434 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 4435 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 4436 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 4437 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 4438 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 4439 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 4440 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 4441 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 4442 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 4443 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 4444 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4445 University. 4446 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 4447 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 4448 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 4449 'sendmail -bs'. 4450 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 4451 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 4452 them in the .cf file. 4453 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 4454 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 4455 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 4456 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 4457 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 4458 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 4459 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 4460 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 4461 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4462 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 4463 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 4464 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 4465 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 4466 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4467 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 4468 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 4469 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 4470 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 4471 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 4472 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 4473 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4474 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 4475 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 4476 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 4477 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 4478 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 4479 Hedeland of Ericsson. 4480 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 4481 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 4482 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 4483 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 4484 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 4485 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 4486 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 4487 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 4488 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 4489 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4490 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 4491 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 4492 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 4493 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 4494 don't fail on ANY queries. 4495 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 4496 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 4497 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4498 Northern Illinois University. 4499 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 4500 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 4501 State University. 4502 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 4503 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 4504 Northern Illinois University. 4505 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 4506 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 4507 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 4508 Portability: 4509 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 4510 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 4511 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 4512 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 4513 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4514 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 4515 This allows network interface probing to work 4516 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 4517 University of Iowa. 4518 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 4519 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 4520 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 4521 name. 4522 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 4523 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 4524 Virginia Tech. 4525 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 4526 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 4527 Amsterdam. 4528 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 4529 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 4530 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 4531 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 4532 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 4533 in building the operating system. Users can 4534 override the defaults by setting confCC and 4535 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 4536 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 4537 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 4538 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 4539 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 4540 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 4541 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 4542 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 4543 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 4544 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 4545 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 4546 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 4547 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4548 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 4549 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 4550 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 4551 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 4552 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 4553 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 4554 use that value in conf.h. 4555 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 4556 BITart Consulting. 4557 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 4558 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 4559 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 4560 Computer, Inc. 4561 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 4562 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 4563 of E I A. 4564 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 4565 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 4566 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 4567 fchown(2). 4568 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 4569 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 4570 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 4571 srandomdev(3). 4572 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 4573 setlogin(2). 4574 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 4575 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 4576 Siemens Business Services. 4577 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 4578 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 4579 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 4580 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 4581 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 4582 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 4583 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4584 Aerospace. 4585 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 4586 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 4587 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 4588 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 4589 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 4590 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 4591 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 4592 University. 4593 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 4594 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 4595 Technology Information Network. 4596 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 4597 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 4598 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4599 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 4600 and OpenBSD. 4601 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 4602 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 4603 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 4604 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 4605 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 4606 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 4607 details. 4608 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 4609 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 4610 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 4611 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 4612 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 4613 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 4614 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root. This 4615 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 4616 Courtesan Consulting. 4617 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 4618 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 4619 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 4620 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 4621 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 4622 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 4623 multiple times. 4624 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 4625 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 4626 with From:). 4627 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 4628 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 4629 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 4630 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 4631 new functionality. 4632 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 4633 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 4634 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 4635 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 4636 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 4637 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 4638 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 4639 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 4640 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 4641 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 4642 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 4643 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 4644 confPID_FILE PidFile 4645 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 4646 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 4647 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 4648 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 4649 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 4650 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 4651 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 4652 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 4653 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 4654 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 4655 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 4656 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 4657 which takes the options as argument and can be used 4658 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 4659 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 4660 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 4661 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 4662 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 4663 to "IPC $h". 4664 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 4665 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 4666 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 4667 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 4668 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 4669 value should be changed with care. 4670 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 4671 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 4672 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 4673 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 4674 complain. 4675 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 4676 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 4677 of Q7 Enterprises. 4678 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 4679 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 4680 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 4681 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 4682 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 4683 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 4684 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 4685 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 4686 of Northern Illinois University. 4687 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 4688 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 4689 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 4690 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 4691 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 4692 in it. 4693 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 4694 in class 'P' ($=P). 4695 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 4696 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 4697 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 4698 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 4699 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 4700 is added. 4701 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 4702 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 4703 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 4704 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 4705 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 4706 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 4707 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 4708 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 4709 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 4710 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 4711 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 4712 Hubert of University of Washington. 4713 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 4714 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 4715 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 4716 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 4717 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 4718 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 4719 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 4720 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 4721 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 4722 Services. 4723 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 4724 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 4725 Aerospace. 4726 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 4727 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 4728 University and Brian Candler. 4729 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 4730 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4731 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 4732 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4733 Institute. 4734 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 4735 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 4736 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 4737 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 4738 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 4739 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 4740 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 4741 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 4742 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 4743 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4744 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 4745 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 4746 Willamette Industries, Inc. 4747 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 4748 converted to <user@d> 4749 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 4750 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 4751 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 4752 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 4753 performed. 4754 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 4755 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 4756 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4757 Institute. 4758 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 4759 be accessed by their numbers). 4760 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 4761 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 4762 of an address. 4763 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 4764 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 4765 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 4766 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 4767 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 4768 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 4769 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 4770 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 4771 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 4772 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 4773 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 4774 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 4775 Institute. 4776 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 4777 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 4778 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 4779 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 4780 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 4781 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 4782 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 4783 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 4784 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 4785 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 4786 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 4787 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4788 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 4789 University of California at Berkeley. 4790 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 4791 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 4792 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 4793 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 4794 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4795 Corporation UK. 4796 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 4797 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 4798 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 4799 Yale University. 4800 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 4801 be used for building. 4802 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 4803 used for a fresh build. 4804 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 4805 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 4806 ranlib. 4807 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 4808 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 4809 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 4810 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 4811 Costales. 4812 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 4813 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 4814 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 4815 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 4816 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 4817 of Siemens Business Services. 4818 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 4819 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 4820 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 4821 torek. 4822 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 4823 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 4824 They should contain the C source files for the object files 4825 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 4826 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 4827 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 4828 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 4829 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 4830 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 4831 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 4832 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 4833 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 4834 are in devtools/README. 4835 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 4836 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 4837 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 4838 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 4839 new variable which identifies the root of the source 4840 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 4841 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 4842 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 4843 macro. 4844 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 4845 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 4846 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 4847 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 4848 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 4849 Corporation. 4850 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 4851 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 4852 confMANROOTMAN. 4853 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 4854 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 4855 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 4856 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 4857 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 4858 Communications. 4859 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 4860 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 4861 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 4862 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 4863 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 4864 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 4865 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 4866 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 4867 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 4868 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 4869 install-strip target. 4870 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 4871 the others (if it exists). 4872 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 4873 then the default ones. 4874 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root. To use mail.local 4875 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 4876 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 4877 to set the S flag. 4878 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 4879 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 4880 Northern Illinois University. 4881 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 4882 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 4883 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 4884 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 4885 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 4886 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4887 University. 4888 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 4889 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 4890 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4891 University. 4892 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 4893 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 4894 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 4895 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 4896 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 4897 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 4898 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 4899 University. 4900 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 4901 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 4902 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4903 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 4904 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 4905 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 4906 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 4907 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 4908 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 4909 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 4910 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 4911 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 4912 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 4913 Alcatel Australia Limited. 4914 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 4915 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 4916 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 4917 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 4918 timeout to avoid starvation. 4919 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 4920 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 4921 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 4922 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 4923 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 4924 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 4925 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 4926 of Maryland. 4927 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 4928 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 4929 sendmail configuration file. 4930 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 4931 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 4932 option. 4933 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 4934 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4935 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 4936 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 4937 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 4938 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 4939 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 4940 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 4941 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 4942 Corporation UK. 4943 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 4944 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 4945 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 4946 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 4947 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 4948 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 4949 Institute for Global Communications. 4950 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 4951 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 4952 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4953 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 4954 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 4955 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 4956 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 4957 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 4958 of the Institute for Global Communications. 4959 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 4960 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 4961 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 4962 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 4963 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 4964 Changed Files: 4965 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 4966 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 4967 which execute the actual Build script in 4968 devtools/bin. 4969 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 4970 -mandoc as they were previously. 4971 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 4972 of Build will work (unless parameters are 4973 required for Build). 4974 New Directories: 4975 devtools/M4/UNIX 4976 include 4977 libmilter 4978 libsmdb 4979 libsmutil 4980 vacation 4981 Renamed Directories: 4982 BuildTools => devtools 4983 src => sendmail 4984 Deleted Files: 4985 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 4986 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 4987 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 4988 devtools/OS/SINIX 4989 sendmail/ldap_map.h 4990 New Files: 4991 INSTALL 4992 PGPKEYS 4993 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 4994 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 4995 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 4996 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 4997 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 4998 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 4999 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 5000 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 5001 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 5002 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 5003 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 5004 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 5005 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 5006 contrib/domainmap.m4 5007 contrib/qtool.8 5008 contrib/qtool.pl 5009 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 5010 devtools/M4/list.m4 5011 devtools/M4/string.m4 5012 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 5013 devtools/M4/switch.m4 5014 devtools/OS/Darwin 5015 devtools/OS/GNU 5016 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 5017 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 5018 devtools/OS/m88k 5019 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 5020 mail.local/Makefile 5021 mailstats/Makefile 5022 makemap/Makefile 5023 praliases/Makefile 5024 rmail/Makefile 5025 sendmail/Makefile 5026 sendmail/bf.h 5027 sendmail/bf_portable.c 5028 sendmail/bf_portable.h 5029 sendmail/bf_torek.c 5030 sendmail/bf_torek.h 5031 sendmail/shmticklib.c 5032 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 5033 sendmail/timers.c 5034 sendmail/timers.h 5035 smrsh/Makefile 5036 vacation/Makefile 5037 Renamed Files: 5038 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 5039 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 5040 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 5041 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 5042 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 5043 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 5044 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 5045 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 5046 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 5047 Copied Files: 5048 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 5049 50508.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 5051 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 5052 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 5053 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 5054 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 5055 Schools" project (IdS). 5056 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 5057 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 5058 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 5059 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5060 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 5061 when performing the MIME header length check. This 5062 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 5063 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 5064 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 5065 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 5066 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 5067 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5068 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 5069 ExecPC Internet Systems. 5070 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 5071 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 5072 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 5073 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 5074 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 5075 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 5076 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 5077 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 5078 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 5079 Hedeland of Ericsson. 5080 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 5081 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 5082 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 5083 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 5084 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 5085 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 5086 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 5087 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 5088 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 5089 group of the IETF. 5090 Portability: 5091 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 5092 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 5093 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 5094 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 5095 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 5096 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 5097 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 5098 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 5099 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 5100 Technical University of Denmark. 5101 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 5102 Supercomputer Center. 5103 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 5104 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 5105 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 5106 of Stanford University. 5107 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 5108 between different releases. Back out the 5109 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 5110 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 5111 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 5112 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 5113 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 5114 of Siemens/SNI. 5115 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5116 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 5117 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 5118 University of Brno. 5119 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 5120 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 5121 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 5122 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 5123 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 5124 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 5125 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 5126 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 5127 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 5128 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 5129 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 5130 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 5131 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 5132 MIDS Europe. 5133 New Files: 5134 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 5135 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 5136 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 5137 51388.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 5139 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 5140 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 5141 for a denial of service attack. 5142 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 5143 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5144 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 5145 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 5146 Corporation UK. 5147 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 5148 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 5149 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 5150 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 5151 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 5152 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 5153 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 5154 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 5155 Internet Services. 5156 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 5157 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 5158 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 5159 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 5160 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 5161 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 5162 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 5163 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 5164 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5165 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 5166 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 5167 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 5168 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 5169 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 5170 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5171 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 5172 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 5173 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 5174 Internet Services. 5175 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 5176 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 5177 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 5178 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 5179 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 5180 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 5181 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 5182 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 5183 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 5184 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 5185 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 5186 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 5187 extended testing. 5188 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 5189 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 5190 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 5191 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 5192 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 5193 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 5194 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 5195 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 5196 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 5197 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 5198 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 5199 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 5200 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 5201 Network. 5202 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 5203 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 5204 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 5205 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 5206 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 5207 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 5208 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5209 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 5210 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 5211 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 5212 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 5213 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 5214 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 5215 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 5216 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 5217 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 5218 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5219 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 5220 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5221 Meteorological Institute. 5222 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 5223 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 5224 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 5225 Portability: 5226 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 5227 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 5228 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 5229 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 5230 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 5231 reading network interface addresses into 5232 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 5233 Cal State University, Chico. 5234 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 5235 from changing the semantics of the compiled 5236 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 5237 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 5238 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 5239 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5240 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5241 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 5242 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 5243 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 5244 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 5245 of Sun Microsystems. 5246 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 5247 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5248 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 5249 of Bits Co., Ltd. 5250 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 5251 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 5252 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 5253 of E I A. 5254 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 5255 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 5256 Information Center. 5257 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 5258 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 5259 Institute. 5260 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 5261 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 5262 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 5263 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 5264 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5265 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 5266 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 5267 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 5268 Manawatu Internet Services. 5269 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 5270 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 5271 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 5272 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 5273 of Northern Illinois University. 5274 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 5275 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 5276 Kiel. 5277 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 5278 Dot Com. 5279 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 5280 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 5281 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5282 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 5283 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 5284 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 5285 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 5286 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 5287 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5288 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 5289 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 5290 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 5291 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5292 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 5293 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5294 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 5295 the envelope From header. 5296 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 5297 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 5298 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 5299 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 5300 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 5301 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 5302 Portal Services, Inc. 5303 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 5304 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 5305 Sun Microsystems. 5306 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 5307 New Files: 5308 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 5309 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 5310 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 5311 contrib/smcontrol.pl 5312 src/control.c 5313 53148.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 5315 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 5316 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 5317 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 5318 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 5319 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 5320 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 5321 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5322 Meteorological Institute. 5323 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 5324 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 5325 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5326 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 5327 installation commands. The man pages would still be 5328 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 5329 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5330 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 5331 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5332 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 5333 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 5334 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 5335 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 5336 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 5337 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 5338 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 5339 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 5340 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 5341 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 5342 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 5343 Flextech TV. 5344 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 5345 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 5346 DaveLtd Enterprises. 5347 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 5348 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 5349 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 5350 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 5351 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 5352 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 5353 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 5354 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 5355 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 5356 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 5357 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 5358 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 5359 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 5360 University. 5361 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 5362 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 5363 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 5364 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 5365 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 5366 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 5367 Portability: 5368 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 5369 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 5370 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 5371 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 5372 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 5373 of BSDI. 5374 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 5375 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 5376 PICT Inc. 5377 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 5378 J. P. McCann of E I A. 5379 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 5380 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 5381 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 5382 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 5383 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 5384 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5385 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 5386 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 5387 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 5388 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 5389 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 5390 would not accept @@hostname. 5391 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 5392 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 5393 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 5394 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 5395 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5396 New Files: 5397 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 5398 53998.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 5400 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 5401 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 5402 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 5403 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 5404 which need the ability to override security can use the 5405 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 5406 information. 5407 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 5408 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 5409 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 5410 world writable directories. 5411 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 5412 it is in a world writable directory. 5413 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 5414 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 5415 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 5416 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 5417 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 5418 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 5419 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 5420 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 5421 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 5422 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 5423 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 5424 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 5425 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 5426 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 5427 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 5428 default. 5429 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries 5430 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 5431 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 5432 the University of Maryland. 5433 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 5434 of Cal State University, Chico. 5435 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 5436 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 5437 current version of Berkeley DB. 5438 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 5439 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 5440 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 5441 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 5442 of Maryland. 5443 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 5444 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 5445 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 5446 Microsystems. 5447 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 5448 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 5449 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 5450 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 5451 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 5452 mail.local on the F=z flag. 5453 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 5454 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 5455 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 5456 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 5457 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 5458 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 5459 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 5460 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 5461 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 5462 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 5463 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 5464 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 5465 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 5466 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 5467 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 5468 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 5469 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 5470 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 5471 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 5472 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 5473 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 5474 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 5475 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 5476 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 5477 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 5478 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 5479 relaying entirely. 5480 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 5481 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 5482 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 5483 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 5484 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 5485 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 5486 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 5487 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 5488 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 5489 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 5490 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 5491 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 5492 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5493 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 5494 sender for those failures. 5495 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 5496 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 5497 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 5498 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 5499 of Ericsson. 5500 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 5501 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 5502 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 5503 of Procter & Gamble. 5504 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 5505 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 5506 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 5507 of Procter & Gamble. 5508 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 5509 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 5510 of system security. This should only be used if you are 5511 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 5512 DontBlameSendmail options are: 5513 Safe 5514 AssumeSafeChown 5515 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 5516 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 5517 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 5518 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 5519 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 5520 GroupWritableAliasFile 5521 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 5522 WorldWritableAliasFile 5523 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 5524 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 5525 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 5526 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 5527 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 5528 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 5529 MapInUnsafeDirPath 5530 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 5531 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 5532 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 5533 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 5534 LinkedMapInWritableDir 5535 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 5536 FileDeliveryToHardLink 5537 FileDeliveryToSymLink 5538 WriteMapToHardLink 5539 WriteMapToSymLink 5540 WriteStatsToHardLink 5541 WriteStatsToSymLink 5542 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 5543 RunWritableProgram 5544 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 5545 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 5546 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 5547 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 5548 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 5549 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 5550 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 5551 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 5552 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 5553 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 5554 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 5555 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 5556 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 5557 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 5558 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 5559 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 5560 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 5561 contrast to the success case). 5562 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 5563 of the form: 5564 HHeader: $>Ruleset 5565 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 5566 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 5567 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 5568 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 5569 from hiding their connection information in Received: 5570 headers. 5571 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 5572 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 5573 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 5574 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 5575 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 5576 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 5577 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 5578 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 5579 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 5580 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 5581 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 5582 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 5583 remote identity can be queried. 5584 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 5585 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 5586 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 5587 Hedeland of Ericsson. 5588 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 5589 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 5590 some of the details are determined dynamically via 5591 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 5592 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 5593 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 5594 the new Build method which creates an operating system 5595 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 5596 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 5597 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 5598 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 5599 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 5600 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 5601 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 5602 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 5603 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 5604 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 5605 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 5606 This means that even if only one of the recipients 5607 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 5608 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 5609 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 5610 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 5611 of CNET: The Computer Network. 5612 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 5613 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 5614 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 5615 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 5616 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 5617 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 5618 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 5619 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 5620 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 5621 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 5622 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 5623 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 5624 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5625 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 5626 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 5627 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 5628 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 5629 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 5630 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 5631 Institute. 5632 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 5633 mail.local. 5634 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 5635 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 5636 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 5637 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 5638 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 5639 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5640 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 5641 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 5642 of InfoBeat, Inc. 5643 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 5644 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 5645 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 5646 mailstats command. 5647 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 5648 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 5649 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5650 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 5651 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 5652 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 5653 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5654 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 5655 Ericsson. 5656 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 5657 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 5658 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 5659 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 5660 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 5661 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 5662 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 5663 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 5664 Stratus Computer, Inc. 5665 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 5666 currently supported version. 5667 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 5668 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 5669 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 5670 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 5671 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 5672 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5673 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 5674 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 5675 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 5676 message in error bounces. 5677 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 5678 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 5679 Digital Equipment Corporation. 5680 Portability: 5681 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 5682 of Kyoto University. 5683 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 5684 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 5685 Maryland. 5686 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 5687 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 5688 in Finland. 5689 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 5690 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5691 the University of Maryland. 5692 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 5693 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 5694 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5695 Meteorological Institute. 5696 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 5697 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 5698 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 5699 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 5700 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 5701 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 5702 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 5703 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 5704 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 5705 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 5706 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 5707 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 5708 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 5709 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 5710 Microsystems. 5711 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 5712 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 5713 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 5714 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 5715 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 5716 directory for certain programs. 5717 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 5718 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 5719 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 5720 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 5721 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 5722 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 5723 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 5724 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 5725 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 5726 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 5727 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 5728 the user to setup different .forward files for 5729 user+detail addressing. 5730 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 5731 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 5732 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 5733 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 5734 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 5735 outside your domain). 5736 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 5737 any site to any site. 5738 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 5739 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 5740 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 5741 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 5742 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 5743 feature. This database gives you the ability to allow 5744 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 5745 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 5746 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 5747 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 5748 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 5749 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 5750 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 5751 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 5752 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 5753 host names only. 5754 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 5755 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 5756 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 5757 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 5758 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 5759 needed for most installations. 5760 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 5761 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 5762 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 5763 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 5764 the University of Maryland. 5765 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 5766 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 5767 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 5768 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 5769 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 5770 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 5771 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 5772 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 5773 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 5774 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 5775 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 5776 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 5777 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 5778 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 5779 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 5780 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 5781 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 5782 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 5783 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 5784 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 5785 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 5786 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 5787 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 5788 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 5789 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 5790 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 5791 above for more information. 5792 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 5793 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5794 Meteorological Institute. 5795 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 5796 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 5797 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 5798 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 5799 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5800 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 5801 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 5802 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 5803 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 5804 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 5805 MustQuoteChars respectively. 5806 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 5807 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 5808 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 5809 CMU (now of Netscape). 5810 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 5811 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 5812 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 5813 read mail.local/README. 5814 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 5815 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 5816 University of Maryland. 5817 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 5818 University, Chico. 5819 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5820 Meteorological Institute. 5821 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 5822 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 5823 University of Maryland. 5824 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 5825 such as linked files in world writable directories. 5826 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 5827 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 5828 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 5829 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 5830 Braunschweig. 5831 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 5832 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 5833 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5834 Changed Files: 5835 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 5836 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 5837 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 5838 New Files: 5839 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 5840 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 5841 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 5842 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 5843 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 5844 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 5845 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 5846 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 5847 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 5848 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 5849 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 5850 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 5851 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 5852 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 5853 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 5854 BuildTools/OS/QNX 5855 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 5856 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 5857 BuildTools/README 5858 BuildTools/Site/README 5859 BuildTools/bin/Build 5860 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 5861 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 5862 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 5863 Makefile 5864 cf/cf/Build 5865 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 5866 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 5867 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 5868 cf/feature/access_db.m4 5869 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 5870 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 5871 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 5872 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 5873 cf/feature/rbl.m4 5874 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 5875 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 5876 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 5877 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 5878 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 5879 contrib/doublebounce.pl 5880 mail.local/Build 5881 mail.local/Makefile.m4 5882 mail.local/README 5883 mailstats/Build 5884 mailstats/Makefile.m4 5885 makemap/Build 5886 makemap/Makefile.m4 5887 praliases/Build 5888 praliases/Makefile.m4 5889 rmail/Build 5890 rmail/Makefile.m4 5891 rmail/rmail.0 5892 smrsh/Build 5893 smrsh/Makefile.m4 5894 src/Build 5895 src/Makefile.m4 5896 src/snprintf.c 5897 Deleted Files: 5898 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 5899 mail.local/Makefile 5900 mail.local/Makefile.dist 5901 mailstats/Makefile 5902 mailstats/Makefile.dist 5903 makemap/Makefile 5904 makemap/Makefile.dist 5905 praliases/Makefile 5906 praliases/Makefile.dist 5907 rmail/Makefile 5908 smrsh/Makefile 5909 smrsh/Makefile.dist 5910 src/Makefile 5911 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 5912 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 5913 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 5914 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 5915 Renamed Files: 5916 READ_ME => README 5917 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 5918 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 5919 src/READ_ME => src/README 5920 59218.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 5922 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 5923 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 5924 Meteorological Institute. 5925 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 5926 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 5927 Arseneault of SRI International. 5928 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 5929 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 5930 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 5931 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 5932 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 5933 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 5934 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 5935 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 5936 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5937 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 5938 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 5939 River Systems. 5940 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 5941 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 5942 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 5943 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 5944 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 5945 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 5946 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 5947 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 5948 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 5949 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5950 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 5951 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 5952 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 5953 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5954 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 5955 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 5956 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 5957 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 5958 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 5959 results during a single message processing (but would 5960 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 5961 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 5962 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 5963 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5964 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5965 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 5966 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 5967 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5968 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5969 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 5970 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 5971 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 5972 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 5973 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 5974 and the inability to save a bounce message to 5975 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 5976 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 5977 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 5978 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 5979 Associates. 5980 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 5981 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 5982 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 5983 could cause confusing error messages. 5984 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 5985 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 5986 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 5987 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 5988 SuperNet, Inc. 5989 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 5990 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 5991 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 5992 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 5993 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5994 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 5995 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 5996 dropped. 5997 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 5998 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 5999 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 6000 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 6001 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 6002 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 6003 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 6004 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6005 Institute. 6006 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 6007 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 6008 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 6009 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 6010 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 6011 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 6012 RUS University of Stuttgart. 6013 Minor lint fixes. 6014 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 6015 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 6016 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 6017 of Stanford University. 6018 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 6019 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 6020 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 6021 Portability: 6022 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 6023 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 6024 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 6025 Electronic Data Systems. 6026 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 6027 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 6028 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 6029 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 6030 loader environment variables into the loader memory 6031 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 6032 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 6033 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 6034 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 6035 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 6036 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 6037 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 6038 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 6039 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 6040 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 6041 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 6042 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 6043 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 6044 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 6045 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 6046 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 6047 Services. 6048 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 6049 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 6050 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 6051 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 6052 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 6053 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 6054 Services VAS. 6055 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 6056 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 6057 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 6058 Ericsson. 6059 60608.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 6061 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 6062 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 6063 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 6064 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 6065 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 6066 GmbH. 6067 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 6068 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 6069 of Technology, Stockholm. 6070 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 6071 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 6072 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 6073 that these routines are included as though they were in the 6074 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 6075 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 6076 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 6077 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 6078 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 6079 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 6080 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 6081 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 6082 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 6083 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 6084 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 6085 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 6086 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 6087 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 6088 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 6089 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 6090 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 6091 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 6092 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 6093 have to assume that the information is good. 6094 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 6095 open or locked. 6096 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 6097 Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 6098 errors during testing. 6099 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 6100 printed in the error message. 6101 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 6102 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 6103 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 6104 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 6105 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 6106 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 6107 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 6108 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 6109 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 6110 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 6111 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 6112 runner runs during a critical section in another message 6113 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 6114 Results Computing. 6115 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 6116 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 6117 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 6118 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 6119 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 6120 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 6121 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 6122 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 6123 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 6124 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 6125 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 6126 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 6127 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 6128 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 6129 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 6130 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 6131 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 6132 simultaneously. 6133 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 6134 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 6135 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 6136 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 6137 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 6138 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 6139 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 6140 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 6141 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6142 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 6143 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 6144 CSU Chico. 6145 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 6146 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 6147 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 6148 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 6149 Portability: 6150 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 6151 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 6152 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 6153 be used instead. 6154 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 6155 of Argonne National Laboratory. 6156 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 6157 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 6158 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 6159 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 6160 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 6161 in Makefiles. 6162 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 6163 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 6164 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 6165 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 6166 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 6167 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 6168 NCR Corp. 6169 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 6170 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6171 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 6172 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 6173 Resource Network 6174 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 6175 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 6176 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 6177 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 6178 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 6179 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 6180 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 6181 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 6182 Corp. 6183 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 6184 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 6185 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 6186 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 6187 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 6188 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 6189 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 6190 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 6191 PlainTalk. 6192 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 6193 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 6194 by Harry Styron. 6195 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 6196 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 6197 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 6198 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 6199 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 6200 changed after open". 6201 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 6202 files. 6203 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 6204 NEW FILES: 6205 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 6206 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 6207 test/t_exclopen.c 6208 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 6209 DELETED FILES: 6210 Makefile 6211 62128.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 6213 ************************************************************* 6214 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 6215 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 6216 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 6217 * continued sendmail development. * 6218 ************************************************************* 6219 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 6220 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 6221 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 6222 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 6223 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 6224 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 6225 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 6226 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 6227 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 6228 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 6229 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 6230 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 6231 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 6232 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 6233 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 6234 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 6235 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 6236 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 6237 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 6238 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 6239 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 6240 another database; this can be used either to expose 6241 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 6242 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 6243 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 6244 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 6245 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 6246 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 6247 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 6248 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 6249 system directories. 6250 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 6251 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 6252 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 6253 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 6254 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 6255 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 6256 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 6257 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 6258 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 6259 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 6260 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 6261 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 6262 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 6263 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 6264 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 6265 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 6266 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 6267 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 6268 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 6269 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 6270 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 6271 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 6272 NFS-mounted filesystems. 6273 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 6274 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 6275 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 6276 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 6277 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 6278 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 6279 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 6280 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 6281 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 6282 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 6283 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 6284 same host). 6285 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 6286 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 6287 from Theo de Raadt. 6288 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 6289 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 6290 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6291 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 6292 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 6293 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 6294 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 6295 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 6296 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6297 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 6298 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 6299 Microsystems. 6300 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 6301 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 6302 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6303 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 6304 too large) don't send the bogus message. 6305 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 6306 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 6307 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6308 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 6309 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 6310 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 6311 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 6312 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 6313 Shapiro. 6314 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 6315 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 6316 Sun Microsystems. 6317 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 6318 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 6319 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 6320 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 6321 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 6322 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 6323 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 6324 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 6325 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 6326 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 6327 Mercury Mail. 6328 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 6329 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 6330 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 6331 Morgan Stanley. 6332 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 6333 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 6334 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 6335 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 6336 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 6337 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 6338 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 6339 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 6340 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 6341 not be run. 6342 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 6343 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 6344 printing. 6345 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 6346 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 6347 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6348 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 6349 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 6350 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 6351 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 6352 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 6353 erroneous results during a single message processing 6354 (but would recover when the next message was received). 6355 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 6356 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 6357 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 6358 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 6359 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 6360 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 6361 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 6362 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 6363 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 6364 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 6365 address as "may be forged". 6366 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 6367 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 6368 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 6369 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 6370 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 6371 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 6372 of TwinCom. 6373 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 6374 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 6375 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 6376 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 6377 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 6378 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 6379 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 6380 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 6381 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 6382 Institute. 6383 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 6384 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 6385 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 6386 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 6387 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 6388 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 6389 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 6390 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 6391 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 6392 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 6393 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 6394 book (2nd edition). 6395 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 6396 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 6397 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 6398 John Beck of SunSoft. 6399 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 6400 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 6401 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 6402 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 6403 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 6404 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 6405 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 6406 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 6407 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 6408 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 6409 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 6410 returns. 6411 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 6412 on some architectures. 6413 Portability: 6414 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 6415 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 6416 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 6417 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 6418 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 6419 of Washington. 6420 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 6421 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 6422 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 6423 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 6424 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 6425 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 6426 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 6427 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 6428 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 6429 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6430 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 6431 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 6432 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 6433 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 6434 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 6435 Cambridge. 6436 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 6437 Kari Hurtta. 6438 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 6439 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 6440 IRIX Makefile). 6441 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 6442 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6443 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 6444 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 6445 Brian Candler. 6446 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 6447 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 6448 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6449 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 6450 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 6451 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6452 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 6453 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 6454 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 6455 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 6456 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 6457 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6458 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 6459 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 6460 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 6461 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 6462 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 6463 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 6464 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 6465 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6466 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 6467 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 6468 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 6469 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 6470 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 6471 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 6472 was specified, even when it wasn't. 6473 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 6474 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 6475 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 6476 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 6477 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 6478 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 6479 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 6480 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 6481 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 6482 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 6483 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 6484 developers). 6485 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 6486 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 6487 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 6488 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 6489 symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is 6490 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 6491 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 6492 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 6493 NEXTSTEP. 6494 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 6495 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 6496 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 6497 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 6498 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 6499 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 6500 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 6501 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 6502 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 6503 for system accounts. 6504 NEW FILES: 6505 src/safefile.c 6506 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 6507 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 6508 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 6509 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 6510 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 6511 RENAMED FILES: 6512 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 6513 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 6514 65158.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 6516 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 6517 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 6518 even if RunAsUser is specified. 6519 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 6520 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 6521 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 6522 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 6523 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 6524 University of Pennsylvania. 6525 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 6526 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 6527 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 6528 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 6529 was unnecessarily awful. 6530 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 6531 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 6532 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 6533 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 6534 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 6535 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 6536 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 6537 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 6538 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6539 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 6540 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6541 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 6542 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 6543 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6544 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 6545 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 6546 Semiconductor Corp. 6547 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 6548 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 6549 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 6550 at Austin. 6551 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 6552 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 6553 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 6554 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 6555 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 6556 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 6557 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 6558 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 6559 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 6560 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 6561 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 6562 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 6563 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 6564 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 6565 Costales. 6566 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 6567 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 6568 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 6569 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 6570 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 6571 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 6572 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 6573 The current values and defaults are: 6574 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 6575 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 6576 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 6577 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 6578 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 6579 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 6580 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 6581 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 6582 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 6583 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6584 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 6585 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 6586 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 6587 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 6588 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 6589 Eric Hagberg. 6590 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 6591 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 6592 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 6593 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 6594 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 6595 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 6596 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 6597 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6598 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 6599 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 6600 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 6601 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 6602 Communications. 6603 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 6604 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 6605 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 6606 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6607 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 6608 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 6609 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 6610 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 6611 PORTABILITY: 6612 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 6613 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 6614 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 6615 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 6616 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 6617 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 6618 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 6619 (Moscow). 6620 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 6621 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 6622 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 6623 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 6624 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 6625 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 6626 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 6627 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 6628 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 6629 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 6630 Received: line. 6631 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 6632 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 6633 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 6634 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 6635 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 6636 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 6637 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 6638 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 6639 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 6640 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 6641 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 6642 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 6643 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 6644 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 6645 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 6646 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 6647 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 6648 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 6649 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 6650 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 6651 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 6652 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 6653 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 6654 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 6655 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 6656 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 6657 Long Beach. 6658 66598.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 6660 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 6661 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 6662 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 6663 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 6664 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 6665 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 6666 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 6667 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 6668 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 6669 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 6670 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 6671 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 6672 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 6673 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 6674 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 6675 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 6676 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 6677 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 6678 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6679 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 6680 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 6681 Problem noted by several people. 6682 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 6683 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 6684 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 6685 by several people. 6686 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 6687 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 6688 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 6689 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 6690 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 6691 of Best Internet Communications. 6692 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 6693 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 6694 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 6695 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 6696 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 6697 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 6698 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 6699 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 6700 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 6701 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 6702 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 6703 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 6704 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 6705 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 6706 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 6707 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 6708 by Roy Mongiovi. 6709 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 6710 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6711 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 6712 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 6713 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 6714 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 6715 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 6716 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 6717 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 6718 of Kyoto University. 6719 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 6720 conditions from Don Lewis. 6721 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 6722 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 6723 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 6724 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 6725 patch from Bryan Costales. 6726 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6727 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 6728 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 6729 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 6730 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 6731 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 6732 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 6733 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 6734 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 6735 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 6736 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 6737 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 6738 of Tokyo. 6739 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 6740 Services, Inc. 6741 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 6742 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 6743 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 6744 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 6745 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 6746 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 6747 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 6748 than one long one. By popular demand. 6749 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 6750 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 6751 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 6752 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 6753 of NTT Software Corporation. 6754 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 6755 NEW FILES: 6756 contrib/etrn.pl 6757 67588.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 6759 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 6760 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 6761 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 6762 best-of-security list. 6763 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 6764 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 6765 should make it clearer to people that they are running 6766 the wrong binary. 6767 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 6768 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 6769 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 6770 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 6771 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 6772 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 6773 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 6774 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 6775 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6776 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 6777 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 6778 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 6779 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 6780 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 6781 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 6782 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 6783 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 6784 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 6785 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 6786 Eric Wassenaar. 6787 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 6788 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 6789 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 6790 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 6791 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 6792 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 6793 UUNET. 6794 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 6795 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 6796 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 6797 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 6798 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 6799 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 6800 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 6801 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 6802 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 6803 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 6804 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6805 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 6806 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 6807 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 6808 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 6809 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 6810 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 6811 University of Linkoping. 6812 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 6813 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 6814 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 6815 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 6816 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 6817 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 6818 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 6819 other end. 6820 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 6821 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 6822 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 6823 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 6824 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 6825 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 6826 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6827 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6828 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 6829 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 6830 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 6831 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 6832 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 6833 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 6834 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 6835 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 6836 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 6837 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 6838 The outline of the implementation was contributed 6839 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 6840 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 6841 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 6842 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 6843 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 6844 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 6845 Earickson of Colby College. 6846 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 6847 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 6848 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 6849 Kari Hurtta. 6850 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 6851 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 6852 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 6853 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 6854 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 6855 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 6856 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 6857 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 6858 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 6859 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 6860 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 6861 University of Washington, Seattle. 6862 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 6863 Polytechnic Institute. 6864 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 6865 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 6866 NEW FILES: 6867 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 6868 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 6869 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 6870 68718.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 6872 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 6873 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 6874 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6875 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 6876 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 6877 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 6878 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 6879 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 6880 CONFIG: no changes. 6881 68828.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 6883 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 6884 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 6885 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 6886 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 6887 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 6888 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 6889 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 6890 of WPI. 6891 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 6892 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 6893 Kyoto University. 6894 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 6895 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 6896 on illegal host names. 6897 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 6898 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 6899 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 6900 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 6901 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 6902 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 6903 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 6904 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 6905 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 6906 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 6907 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 6908 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 6909 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 6910 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 6911 University of Leicester. 6912 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 6913 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 6914 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 6915 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 6916 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 6917 University of Washington. 6918 PORTABILITY FIXES: 6919 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 6920 people pointed this out. 6921 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 6922 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 6923 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 6924 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 6925 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 6926 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 6927 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 6928 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 6929 Softec. 6930 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 6931 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 6932 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 6933 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 6934 69358.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 6936 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 6937 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 6938 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 6939 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 6940 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 6941 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 6942 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 6943 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 6944 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 6945 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 6946 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 6947 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 6948 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 6949 NSC (Japan). 6950 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 6951 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 6952 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 6953 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 6954 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 6955 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 6956 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 6957 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 6958 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 6959 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 6960 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 6961 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 6962 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 6963 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 6964 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 6965 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 6966 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 6967 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 6968 printout. 6969 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 6970 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 6971 square braces. 6972 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 6973 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 6974 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 6975 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 6976 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 6977 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 6978 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 6979 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 6980 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 6981 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 6982 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 6983 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 6984 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 6985 Dandelion Digital. 6986 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 6987 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 6988 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 6989 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 6990 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 6991 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 6992 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 6993 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 6994 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 6995 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 6996 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 6997 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 6998 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 6999 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 7000 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 7001 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 7002 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 7003 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 7004 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 7005 mailers. 7006 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 7007 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 7008 Myers of CMU. 7009 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 7010 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 7011 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 7012 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 7013 there should be no security implications. Implementation 7014 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 7015 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 7016 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 7017 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 7018 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 7019 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 7020 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 7021 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 7022 parameter. 7023 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 7024 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 7025 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 7026 University of Maryland. 7027 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 7028 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 7029 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 7030 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 7031 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 7032 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 7033 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 7034 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 7035 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 7036 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 7037 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 7038 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 7039 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 7040 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 7041 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 7042 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 7043 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 7044 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 7045 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 7046 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 7047 section 5.2.5. 7048 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 7049 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 7050 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 7051 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 7052 is for incoming connections only. 7053 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 7054 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 7055 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 7056 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 7057 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 7058 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 7059 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 7060 (e.g., due to connection caching). 7061 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 7062 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 7063 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 7064 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 7065 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 7066 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 7067 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 7068 that take a very long time to run. 7069 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 7070 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 7071 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 7072 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 7073 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 7074 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7075 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 7076 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 7077 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7078 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 7079 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 7080 Costales. 7081 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 7082 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 7083 Technologies, Inc. 7084 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 7085 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 7086 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 7087 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 7088 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 7089 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 7090 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 7091 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 7092 different for this case. 7093 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 7094 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 7095 of Stanford University. 7096 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 7097 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 7098 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 7099 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7100 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 7101 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 7102 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 7103 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 7104 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 7105 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7106 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 7107 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 7108 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 7109 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 7110 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 7111 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 7112 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 7113 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 7114 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 7115 Pasteur Institute. 7116 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 7117 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 7118 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 7119 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 7120 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 7121 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 7122 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 7123 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 7124 canonification. 7125 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 7126 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 7127 mailers. 7128 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 7129 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 7130 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 7131 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 7132 either of these in their configuration file. 7133 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 7134 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 7135 St. Peter's College. 7136 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 7137 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 7138 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 7139 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 7140 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 7141 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7142 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 7143 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 7144 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 7145 Costales. 7146 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 7147 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 7148 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 7149 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 7150 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 7151 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 7152 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 7153 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 7154 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 7155 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 7156 in rulesets. 7157 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 7158 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 7159 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 7160 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 7161 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 7162 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 7163 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 7164 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 7165 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 7166 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 7167 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 7168 on that basis. 7169 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 7170 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 7171 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 7172 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 7173 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 7174 Vixie. 7175 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 7176 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 7177 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 7178 See also the src/READ_ME file. 7179 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 7180 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 7181 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 7182 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 7183 two characters $, +. 7184 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 7185 debug_dumpstate. 7186 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 7187 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 7188 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 7189 valid recipients. 7190 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 7191 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 7192 noted by Tom May. 7193 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 7194 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 7195 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 7196 Beck of InReference, Inc. 7197 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 7198 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 7199 Computing Corporation. 7200 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 7201 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 7202 Internet Communications. 7203 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 7204 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 7205 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 7206 of Lysator. 7207 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 7208 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 7209 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 7210 of the University of Iceland. 7211 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 7212 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 7213 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 7214 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 7215 this change is a no-op. 7216 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 7217 Costales. 7218 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 7219 Bryan Costales. 7220 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 7221 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 7222 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 7223 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7224 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 7225 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7226 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 7227 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 7228 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 7229 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7230 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 7231 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 7232 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 7233 Jones of UUNET. 7234 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 7235 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 7236 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7237 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 7238 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 7239 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 7240 easily determine what messages are to their role as 7241 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 7242 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 7243 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 7244 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 7245 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 7246 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 7247 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 7248 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 7249 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 7250 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 7251 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 7252 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 7253 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 7254 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 7255 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 7256 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 7257 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 7258 of Stanford University. 7259 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 7260 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 7261 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 7262 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 7263 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 7264 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 7265 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 7266 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 7267 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 7268 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 7269 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 7270 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 7271 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 7272 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 7273 Motonori Nakamura. 7274 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 7275 you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of 7276 certain kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch 7277 suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 7278 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 7279 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 7280 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 7281 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 7282 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 7283 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 7284 value is ".hoststat". 7285 There are also two new operation modes: 7286 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 7287 connections. 7288 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 7289 recent status information. 7290 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 7291 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 7292 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 7293 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 7294 framework is gratefully appreciated. 7295 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 7296 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 7297 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 7298 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 7299 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 7300 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 7301 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 7302 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 7303 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 7304 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 7305 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 7306 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 7307 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 7308 Costales. 7309 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 7310 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 7311 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 7312 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 7313 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 7314 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 7315 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 7316 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 7317 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 7318 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 7319 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 7320 Webmasters. 7321 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 7322 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 7323 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 7324 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 7325 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 7326 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 7327 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 7328 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 7329 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 7330 of Washington, Seattle. 7331 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 7332 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 7333 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 7334 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 7335 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 7336 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 7337 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 7338 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 7339 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 7340 Nakamura. 7341 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 7342 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 7343 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 7344 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 7345 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 7346 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 7347 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 7348 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 7349 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 7350 well constrained. 7351 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 7352 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 7353 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 7354 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 7355 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 7356 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 7357 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 7358 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 7359 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 7360 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 7361 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 7362 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 7363 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 7364 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 7365 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 7366 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 7367 Wolfhugel. 7368 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 7369 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 7370 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 7371 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 7372 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7373 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 7374 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 7375 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 7376 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 7377 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 7378 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 7379 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 7380 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 7381 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 7382 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 7383 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 7384 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 7385 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 7386 National University of Singapore. 7387 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 7388 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 7389 system can't cope with. 7390 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7391 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 7392 Atlas International. 7393 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 7394 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 7395 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 7396 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 7397 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 7398 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 7399 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 7400 Bernstein and Associates. 7401 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 7402 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 7403 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 7404 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 7405 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7406 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 7407 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 7408 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 7409 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 7410 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 7411 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 7412 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 7413 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 7414 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 7415 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 7416 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 7417 Institute. 7418 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 7419 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 7420 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 7421 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 7422 Employment Standards Administration. 7423 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 7424 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 7425 Jr. 7426 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 7427 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 7428 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 7429 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 7430 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 7431 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 7432 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 7433 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 7434 of the University of Arizona. 7435 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 7436 Vanderbilt University. 7437 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 7438 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 7439 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 7440 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 7441 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 7442 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 7443 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 7444 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 7445 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 7446 Foundation. 7447 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 7448 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 7449 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 7450 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 7451 Myers of CMU. 7452 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 7453 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 7454 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 7455 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 7456 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 7457 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 7458 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 7459 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 7460 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 7461 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 7462 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 7463 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 7464 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 7465 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 7466 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 7467 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 7468 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 7469 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7470 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 7471 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 7472 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 7473 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 7474 info@foo.com foo-info 7475 info@bar.com bar-info 7476 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 7477 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 7478 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 7479 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 7480 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 7481 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 7482 a great many people. 7483 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 7484 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 7485 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 7486 "fax" mailer. 7487 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 7488 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 7489 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 7490 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 7491 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 7492 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 7493 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 7494 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 7495 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 7496 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 7497 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 7498 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 7499 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 7500 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 7501 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 7502 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 7503 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 7504 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 7505 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 7506 of WPI. 7507 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 7508 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 7509 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 7510 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 7511 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 7512 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 7513 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 7514 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 7515 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 7516 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 7517 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 7518 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 7519 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 7520 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 7521 by Andreas Luik. 7522 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 7523 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 7524 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 7525 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 7526 Wolfhugel. 7527 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 7528 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 7529 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 7530 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 7531 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 7532 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 7533 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 7534 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 7535 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 7536 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 7537 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 7538 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 7539 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 7540 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 7541 Costales. 7542 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 7543 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 7544 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 7545 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 7546 NEW FILES: 7547 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 7548 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 7549 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 7550 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 7551 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 7552 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 7553 mailstats/mailstats.8 7554 praliases/praliases.8 7555 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 7556 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 7557 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 7558 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 7559 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 7560 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 7561 cf/ostype/altos.m4 7562 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 7563 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 7564 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 7565 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 7566 DELETED FILES: 7567 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 7568 contrib/xla/README 7569 contrib/xla/xla.c 7570 RENAMED FILES: 7571 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 7572 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 7573 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 7574 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 7575 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 7576 75778.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 7578 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 7579 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 7580 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 7581 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 7582 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 7583 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 7584 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 7585 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 7586 75878.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 7588 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 7589 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 7590 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 7591 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 7592 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 7593 and others. 7594 75958.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 7596 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 7597 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 7598 any user (except root). 7599 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 7600 version number is unchanged. 7601 76028.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 7603 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 7604 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 7605 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7606 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 7607 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 7608 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 7609 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 7610 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 7611 Costales. 7612 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7613 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 7614 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 7615 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 7616 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 7617 Stanford University. 7618 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 7619 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 7620 76218.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 7622 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 7623 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 7624 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 7625 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 7626 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 7627 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 7628 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 7629 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 7630 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 7631 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 7632 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 7633 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 7634 by Kari Hurtta. 7635 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 7636 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 7637 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 7638 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 7639 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 7640 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 7641 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 7642 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 7643 bounces when it should have requeued. 7644 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 7645 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped 7646 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 7647 John Hawkinson of Panix. 7648 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 7649 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 7650 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 7651 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 7652 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 7653 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 7654 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 7655 Infobiogen. 7656 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 7657 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 7658 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 7659 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 7660 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 7661 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 7662 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 7663 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 7664 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 7665 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 7666 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 7667 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 7668 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 7669 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 7670 underscores. 7671 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 7672 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 7673 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 7674 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 7675 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 7676 included even if the user did not request success notification, 7677 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 7678 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 7679 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 7680 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 7681 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 7682 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 7683 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 7684 Costales of ICSI. 7685 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 7686 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 7687 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 7688 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 7689 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 7690 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 7691 Technological University. 7692 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 7693 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 7694 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 7695 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7696 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 7697 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 7698 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 7699 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 7700 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 7701 to have the database format of the alias files without the 7702 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 7703 Inc. 7704 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 7705 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 7706 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 7707 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 7708 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 7709 University. 7710 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 7711 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 7712 Association for Progressive Communications. 7713 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 7714 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 7715 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 7716 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 7717 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 7718 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 7719 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 7720 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 7721 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 7722 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 7723 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 7724 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 7725 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 7726 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 7727 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 7728 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 7729 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 7730 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 7731 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7732 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 7733 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 7734 James B. Davis of TCI. 7735 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 7736 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7737 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 7738 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 7739 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 7740 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 7741 isn't supported on all compilers. 7742 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 7743 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 7744 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 7745 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 7746 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 7747 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 7748 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 7749 (France). 7750 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 7751 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 7752 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 7753 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 7754 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 7755 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 7756 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 7757 for different files. 7758 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 7759 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 7760 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7761 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 7762 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 7763 changes). 7764 77658.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 7766 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 7767 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 7768 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 7769 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 7770 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 7771 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 7772 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 7773 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 7774 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 7775 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 7776 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 7777 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 7778 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 7779 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 7780 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 7781 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 7782 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 7783 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 7784 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 7785 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 7786 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 7787 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 7788 results. This could have security implications. 7789 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 7790 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 7791 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 7792 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 7793 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 7794 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 7795 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 7796 Elz. 7797 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 7798 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 7799 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 7800 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 7801 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 7802 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 7803 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 7804 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 7805 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 7806 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 7807 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 7808 domain names are your friends. 7809 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 7810 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 7811 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 7812 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 7813 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 7814 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 7815 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 7816 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 7817 of TerraNet. 7818 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 7819 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 7820 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 7821 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 7822 of WPI. 7823 PORTABILITY FIXES: 7824 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 7825 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 7826 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 7827 file and SGI standards. From Andre 7828 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 7829 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 7830 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 7831 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 7832 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 7833 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 7834 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 7835 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 7836 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 7837 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 7838 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 7839 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 7840 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 7841 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 7842 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 7843 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 7844 Infobiogen (France). 7845 NEW FILES: 7846 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7847 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 7848 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 7849 78508.7/8.7 1995/09/16 7851 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 7852 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 7853 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 7854 Global Communications. 7855 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 7856 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 7857 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 7858 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 7859 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 7860 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 7861 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 7862 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 7863 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 7864 can be confusing. 7865 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 7866 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 7867 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 7868 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 7869 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 7870 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 7871 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 7872 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 7873 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 7874 Maryland. 7875 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 7876 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 7877 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 7878 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 7879 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7880 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 7881 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 7882 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 7883 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 7884 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 7885 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 7886 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 7887 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 7888 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 7889 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 7890 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 7891 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 7892 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 7893 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 7894 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 7895 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 7896 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 7897 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 7898 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 7899 Swarthmore University. 7900 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 7901 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 7902 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 7903 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 7904 ruleset. 7905 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 7906 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 7907 -d debug flag. 7908 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 7909 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 7910 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 7911 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 7912 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 7913 and the parsed address. 7914 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 7915 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 7916 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 7917 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 7918 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 7919 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 7920 recipients. 7921 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 7922 return the result. 7923 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 7924 `mapname' and return the result. 7925 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 7926 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 7927 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 7928 the header for envelope sender information and uses 7929 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 7930 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 7931 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 7932 that functionality. 7933 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 7934 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 7935 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 7936 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 7937 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 7938 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 7939 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 7940 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 7941 of Michigan Technological University. 7942 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 7943 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 7944 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 7945 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 7946 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 7947 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 7948 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 7949 or not. 7950 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 7951 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 7952 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 7953 the error message. It was especially weird because it 7954 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 7955 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 7956 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 7957 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 7958 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 7959 should have minimal impact on external function. 7960 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 7961 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 7962 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 7963 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 7964 7 SevenBitInput 7965 8 EightBitMode 7966 A AliasFile 7967 a AliasWait 7968 B BlankSub 7969 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 7970 C CheckpointInterval 7971 c HoldExpensive 7972 D AutoRebuildAliases 7973 d DeliveryMode 7974 E ErrorHeader 7975 e ErrorMode 7976 f SaveFromLine 7977 F TempFileMode 7978 G MatchGECOS 7979 H HelpFile 7980 h MaxHopCount 7981 i IgnoreDots 7982 I ResolverOptions 7983 J ForwardPath 7984 j SendMimeErrors 7985 k ConnectionCacheSize 7986 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 7987 L LogLevel 7988 l UseErrorsTo 7989 m MeToo 7990 n CheckAliases 7991 O DaemonPortOptions 7992 o OldStyleHeaders 7993 P PostmasterCopy 7994 p PrivacyOptions 7995 Q QueueDirectory 7996 q QueueFactor 7997 R DontPruneRoutes 7998 r, T Timeout 7999 S StatusFile 8000 s SuperSafe 8001 t TimeZoneSpec 8002 u DefaultUser 8003 U UserDatabaseSpec 8004 V FallbackMXHost 8005 v Verbose 8006 w TryNullMXList 8007 x QueueLA 8008 X RefuseLA 8009 Y ForkEachJob 8010 y RecipientFactor 8011 z ClassFactor 8012 Z RetryFactor 8013 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 8014 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 8015 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 8016 $l UnixFromLine 8017 $o OperatorChars 8018 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 8019 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 8020 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 8021 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 8022 specify "V6" in the configuration. 8023 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 8024 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 8025 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 8026 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 8027 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 8028 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 8029 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 8030 This requires config file support to get right. It does 8031 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 8032 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 8033 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 8034 A Addresses are aliasable. 8035 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 8036 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 8037 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 8038 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 8039 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 8040 recipient mailer flags. 8041 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 8042 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 8043 delivery. 8044 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 8045 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 8046 : Check for :include: on this address. 8047 | Check for |program on this address. 8048 / Check for /file on this address. 8049 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 8050 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 8051 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 8052 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 8053 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 8054 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 8055 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 8056 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 8057 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 8058 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 8059 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 8060 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 8061 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 8062 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 8063 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 8064 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 8065 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 8066 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 8067 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 8068 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 8069 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 8070 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 8071 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 8072 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 8073 (essentially, the full MIME option). 8074 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 8075 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 8076 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 8077 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 8078 flag is ignored. 8079 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 8080 the setting of F=8. 8081 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 8082 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 8083 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 8084 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 8085 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 8086 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 8087 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 8088 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 8089 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 8090 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 8091 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 8092 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 8093 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 8094 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 8095 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 8096 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 8097 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 8098 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 8099 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 8100 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 8101 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 8102 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 8103 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 8104 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 8105 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 8106 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 8107 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 8108 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 8109 Unicom. 8110 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 8111 fashion as the U= mailer option. 8112 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 8113 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 8114 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 8115 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 8116 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 8117 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 8118 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 8119 from Chip Rosenthal. 8120 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 8121 For example, 8122 O Timeout.helo = 2m 8123 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 8124 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 8125 set them both the preferred new syntax is 8126 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 8127 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 8128 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 8129 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 8130 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 8131 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 8132 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 8133 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 8134 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 8135 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 8136 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 8137 contribution was to make it configurable). 8138 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 8139 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 8140 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 8141 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 8142 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 8143 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 8144 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 8145 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 8146 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 8147 I/O redirection. 8148 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 8149 can be confusing. 8150 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 8151 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 8152 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 8153 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 8154 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 8155 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 8156 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 8157 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 8158 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 8159 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 8160 queue-only. 8161 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 8162 :include: and .forward files. 8163 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 8164 key field name, the value field name, and the field 8165 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 8166 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 8167 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 8168 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 8169 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8170 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 8171 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 8172 Sun Microsystems. 8173 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 8174 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 8175 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 8176 Hutton of Indiana University. 8177 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 8178 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 8179 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 8180 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 8181 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 8182 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 8183 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 8184 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 8185 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 8186 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 8187 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 8188 as comments. 8189 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 8190 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 8191 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 8192 are from sysexits.h. 8193 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 8194 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 8195 Kmap1 ... 8196 Kmap2 ... 8197 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 8198 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 8199 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 8200 map2 is searched and the value returned. 8201 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 8202 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 8203 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 8204 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 8205 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 8206 For example, if the declaration of the map is 8207 Ksample switch hosts 8208 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 8209 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 8210 equivalent to 8211 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 8212 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 8213 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 8214 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 8215 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 8216 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 8217 the -m (matchonly) flag. 8218 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 8219 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 8220 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 8221 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 8222 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 8223 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 8224 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 8225 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 8226 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 8227 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 8228 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 8229 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 8230 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 8231 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 8232 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 8233 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 8234 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 8235 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 8236 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 8237 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 8238 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 8239 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 8240 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 8241 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 8242 an /etc/hosts entry reads 8243 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 8244 this change will use the second name as the canonical 8245 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 8246 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 8247 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 8248 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 8249 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 8250 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 8251 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 8252 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 8253 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 8254 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 8255 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 8256 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 8257 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 8258 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 8259 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 8260 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 8261 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 8262 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 8263 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 8264 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 8265 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 8266 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 8267 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 8268 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 8269 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 8270 much longer than the specified timeout. 8271 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 8272 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 8273 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 8274 denial-of-service attack. 8275 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 8276 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 8277 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8278 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 8279 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 8280 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 8281 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 8282 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 8283 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 8284 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 8285 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 8286 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 8287 actually file lookups. 8288 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 8289 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 8290 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 8291 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 8292 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 8293 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 8294 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 8295 support for them has been removed. 8296 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 8297 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 8298 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 8299 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 8300 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 8301 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 8302 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 8303 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 8304 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 8305 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 8306 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 8307 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 8308 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 8309 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 8310 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 8311 also improves the connection cache utilization. 8312 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 8313 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 8314 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 8315 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 8316 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 8317 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 8318 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 8319 all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set). Change 8320 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 8321 Microsystems. 8322 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 8323 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 8324 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 8325 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 8326 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 8327 option can give the network software time to establish 8328 the link. The default units are seconds. 8329 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 8330 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 8331 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 8332 Defense Information Systems Agency. 8333 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 8334 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 8335 the National Computer Security Center. 8336 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 8337 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 8338 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 8339 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 8340 the mailprio scripts (see below). 8341 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 8342 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 8343 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 8344 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 8345 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 8346 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 8347 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 8348 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 8349 University Computing Service. 8350 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 8351 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 8352 the University of Kentucky. 8353 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 8354 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 8355 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 8356 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 8357 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 8358 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 8359 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 8360 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 8361 Corporation. 8362 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 8363 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 8364 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 8365 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 8366 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 8367 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 8368 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 8369 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 8370 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 8371 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 8372 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 8373 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 8374 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 8375 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 8376 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 8377 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 8378 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 8379 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 8380 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 8381 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 8382 Communications. 8383 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 8384 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 8385 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 8386 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 8387 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 8388 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 8389 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 8390 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 8391 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 8392 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 8393 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 8394 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8395 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 8396 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 8397 on values: 8398 None Leave the message as is. The 8399 message will be passed on even 8400 though it is in technically 8401 illegal syntax. 8402 Add-To Add a To: header with any 8403 recipients that it can find from 8404 the envelope. This risks exposing 8405 Bcc: recipients. 8406 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 8407 has almost no redeeming social value, 8408 and is provided only for back 8409 compatibility. 8410 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 8411 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 8412 which will have the effect of 8413 making the message legal without 8414 exposing Bcc: recipients. 8415 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 8416 There is a chance that mailers down 8417 the line will delete this header, 8418 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 8419 recipients. 8420 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 8421 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 8422 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 8423 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 8424 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 8425 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 8426 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 8427 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 8428 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 8429 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 8430 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 8431 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 8432 For example, if you run with 8433 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 8434 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 8435 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 8436 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 8437 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 8438 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 8439 entries. For example, given the aliases: 8440 list: member1 8441 list: member2 8442 and an alias file declared as: 8443 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 8444 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 8445 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 8446 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 8447 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 8448 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 8449 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 8450 Johannesen. 8451 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 8452 to be simpler and more consistent. 8453 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 8454 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 8455 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 8456 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 8457 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 8458 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 8459 This may affect some people who have written their own 8460 checkcompat() routine. 8461 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 8462 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 8463 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 8464 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 8465 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 8466 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 8467 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 8468 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 8469 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 8470 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 8471 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 8472 Corporation. 8473 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 8474 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 8475 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 8476 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 8477 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 8478 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 8479 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 8480 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 8481 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 8482 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 8483 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 8484 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 8485 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 8486 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 8487 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 8488 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 8489 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 8490 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 8491 the header. 8492 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8493 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 8494 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 8495 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 8496 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 8497 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 8498 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 8499 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 8500 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 8501 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 8502 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 8503 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 8504 is added between the first and second word of the first 8505 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 8506 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 8507 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 8508 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 8509 old sendmails understand. 8510 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 8511 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 8512 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 8513 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 8514 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 8515 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 8516 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 8517 data -- for example, 8518 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 8519 (romanized/less information) 8520 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 8521 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 8522 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 8523 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 8524 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 8525 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 8526 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 8527 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 8528 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 8529 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 8530 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 8531 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 8532 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 8533 Eric Prestemon of American University. 8534 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 8535 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 8536 increment on the background value). 8537 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 8538 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 8539 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8540 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 8541 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 8542 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 8543 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 8544 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 8545 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 8546 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 8547 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 8548 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 8549 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 8550 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 8551 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 8552 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 8553 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 8554 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 8555 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 8556 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 8557 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 8558 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 8559 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 8560 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 8561 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 8562 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 8563 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 8564 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 8565 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 8566 service type is "files". 8567 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 8568 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 8569 into class "c". 8570 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 8571 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 8572 contributed by SunSoft. 8573 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 8574 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 8575 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 8576 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 8577 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 8578 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 8579 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 8580 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 8581 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 8582 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 8583 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 8584 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 8585 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 8586 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8587 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 8588 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 8589 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 8590 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 8591 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 8592 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 8593 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 8594 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 8595 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 8596 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 8597 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 8598 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 8599 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 8600 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 8601 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 8602 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 8603 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 8604 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 8605 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 8606 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 8607 flags. 8608 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 8609 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 8610 Motonori Nakamura. 8611 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 8612 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 8613 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 8614 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 8615 of MIT. 8616 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 8617 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 8618 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 8619 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 8620 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 8621 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 8622 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 8623 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 8624 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 8625 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 8626 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 8627 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 8628 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 8629 the make. 8630 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 8631 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 8632 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 8633 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 8634 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 8635 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 8636 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 8637 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 8638 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 8639 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 8640 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 8641 of Sun Microsystems. 8642 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 8643 is at least 50% faster. 8644 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 8645 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 8646 University. 8647 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 8648 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 8649 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 8650 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 8651 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 8652 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 8653 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 8654 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 8655 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 8656 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 8657 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 8658 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 8659 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 8660 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 8661 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 8662 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 8663 Carnegie Mellon. 8664 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 8665 support. 8666 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 8667 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 8668 Global Information Solutions. 8669 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 8670 From Motonori Nakamura. 8671 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 8672 Motonori Nakamura. 8673 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 8674 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 8675 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 8676 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 8677 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 8678 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 8679 James of British Telecom. 8680 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 8681 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 8682 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 8683 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 8684 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 8685 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 8686 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 8687 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 8688 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 8689 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 8690 a bad guy can read your private files. 8691 PORTABILITY FIXES: 8692 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 8693 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 8694 University. This expands the disk size 8695 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 8696 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 8697 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 8698 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 8699 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 8700 Linux Makefile typo. 8701 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 8702 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 8703 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 8704 University, Chico. 8705 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 8706 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 8707 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 8708 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 8709 This requires adaptation of code that really 8710 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 8711 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 8712 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 8713 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 8714 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 8715 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 8716 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 8717 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 8718 problems. 8719 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 8720 match all the other configuration files. Fix 8721 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 8722 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 8723 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 8724 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 8725 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 8726 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 8727 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 8728 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 8729 Wemm of DIALix. 8730 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 8731 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 8732 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 8733 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 8734 of Ohio State University. 8735 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 8736 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 8737 University. 8738 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 8739 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 8740 Mainz. 8741 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 8742 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 8743 wrong statfs call). 8744 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 8745 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 8746 University. 8747 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 8748 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 8749 Rochester Medical Center. 8750 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 8751 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 8752 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 8753 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 8754 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 8755 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 8756 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 8757 Division. 8758 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 8759 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 8760 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 8761 Durand of I.M.A.G. 8762 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 8763 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 8764 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 8765 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 8766 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 8767 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 8768 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 8769 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 8770 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 8771 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 8772 of Meteo France. 8773 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 8774 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 8775 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 8776 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 8777 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 8778 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 8779 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 8780 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 8781 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 8782 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 8783 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 8784 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 8785 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 8786 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 8787 of Colorado. 8788 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 8789 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 8790 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 8791 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 8792 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 8793 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 8794 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 8795 on the file, but it should be quite small. 8796 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 8797 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 8798 giving the local administrator more control over what 8799 programs can be run from sendmail. 8800 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 8801 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 8802 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 8803 never will. 8804 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 8805 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 8806 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 8807 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 8808 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 8809 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 8810 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 8811 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 8812 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 8813 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 8814 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 8815 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 8816 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 8817 arbitrary directory -- use either: 8818 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8819 or 8820 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 8821 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 8822 can use: 8823 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 8824 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 8825 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 8826 compatibility. 8827 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 8828 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 8829 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 8830 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 8831 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 8832 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 8833 County. 8834 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 8835 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 8836 just unqualified ones. 8837 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 8838 was never used and didn't work anyway. 8839 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 8840 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 8841 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 8842 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 8843 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 8844 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 8845 centralized hub. 8846 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 8847 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 8848 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 8849 this is expected to be another sendmail. 8850 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 8851 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 8852 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 8853 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 8854 Rosenthal of Unicom. 8855 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 8856 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 8857 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 8858 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 8859 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 8860 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 8861 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 8862 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 8863 but it is a no-op. 8864 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 8865 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 8866 as User Unknown. 8867 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 8868 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 8869 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 8870 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 8871 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 8872 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 8873 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 8874 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 8875 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 8876 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 8877 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8878 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 8879 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 8880 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 8881 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 8882 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 8883 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 8884 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 8885 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 8886 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 8887 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 8888 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 8889 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 8890 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 8891 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 8892 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 8893 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 8894 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 8895 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 8896 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 8897 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 8898 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 8899 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 8900 assumed. 8901 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 8902 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 8903 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 8904 Information Systems Agency. 8905 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 8906 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 8907 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 8908 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 8909 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 8910 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 8911 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 8912 that really can be used in the real world. 8913 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 8914 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 8915 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 8916 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 8917 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 8918 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 8919 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 8920 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 8921 by Scott Hutton. 8922 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 8923 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 8924 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 8925 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 8926 people. 8927 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 8928 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 8929 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 8930 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 8931 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 8932 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 8933 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 8934 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 8935 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 8936 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 8937 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 8938 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 8939 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 8940 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 8941 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 8942 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 8943 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 8944 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 8945 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 8946 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 8947 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 8948 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 8949 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 8950 by Kimmo Suominen. 8951 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 8952 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 8953 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 8954 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 8955 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 8956 NEW FILES: 8957 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 8958 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 8959 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 8960 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 8961 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 8962 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 8963 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 8964 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 8965 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 8966 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 8967 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 8968 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 8969 cf/domain/generic.m4 8970 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 8971 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 8972 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 8973 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 8974 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 8975 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 8976 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 8977 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 8978 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 8979 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 8980 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 8981 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 8982 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 8983 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 8984 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 8985 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 8986 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 8987 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 8988 contrib/bsdi.mc 8989 contrib/mailprio 8990 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 8991 mail.local/mail.local.0 8992 makemap/makemap.0 8993 smrsh/README 8994 smrsh/smrsh.0 8995 smrsh/smrsh.8 8996 smrsh/smrsh.c 8997 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 8998 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 8999 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 9000 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 9001 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 9002 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 9003 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 9004 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 9005 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 9006 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 9007 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 9008 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 9009 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 9010 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 9011 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 9012 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 9013 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 9014 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 9015 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 9016 src/aliases.0 9017 src/mailq.0 9018 src/mime.c 9019 src/newaliases.0 9020 src/sendmail.0 9021 test/t_seteuid.c 9022 RENAMED FILES: 9023 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 9024 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 9025 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 9026 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 9027 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 9028 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 9029 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 9030 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 9031 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 9032 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 9033 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 9034 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 9035 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 9036 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 9037 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 9038 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 9039 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 9040 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 9041 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 9042 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 9043 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 9044 OBSOLETED FILES: 9045 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 9046 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 9047 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 9048 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 9049 cf/cf/knecht.mc 9050 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 9051 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 9052 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 9053 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 9054 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 9055 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 9056 contrib/rcpt-streaming 9057 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 9058 90598.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 9060 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 9061 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 9062 any user (except root). 9063 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 9064 version number is unchanged. 9065 90668.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 9067 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 9068 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 9069 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 9070 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 9071 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 9072 each other!). 9073 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 9074 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 9075 than fork(). 9076 90778.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 9078 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 9079 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 9080 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 9081 message when attempted from IDENT. 9082 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 9083 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 9084 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 9085 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 9086 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 9087 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 9088 partial lines. 9089 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 9090 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 9091 Rob McMahon. 9092 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 9093 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 9094 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 9095 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 9096 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 9097 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 9098 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 9099 Novell Labs Europe. 9100 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 9101 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 9102 Cal State Chico. 9103 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 9104 *Hobbit*. 9105 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 9106 and Liudvikas Bukys. 9107 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 9108 from Spider Boardman. 9109 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 9110 with the binaries). 9111 91128.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 9113 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 9114 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 9115 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 9116 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 9117 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 9118 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 9119 implications. 9120 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 9121 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 9122 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 9123 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 9124 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 9125 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 9126 University of Texas. 9127 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 9128 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 9129 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 9130 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 9131 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 9132 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 9133 Data General. 9134 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 9135 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 9136 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 9137 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 9138 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 9139 with a lot of arguments). 9140 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 9141 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 9142 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 9143 Michigan. 9144 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 9145 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 9146 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 9147 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 9148 Thibault. 9149 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 9150 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 9151 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 9152 some of the map code. 9153 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 9154 with the binaries). 9155 91568.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 9157 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 9158 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 9159 may have some security implications. 9160 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 9161 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 9162 Hill of the University of Iowa. 9163 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 9164 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 9165 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 9166 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 9167 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 9168 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 9169 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 9170 option. 9171 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 9172 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 9173 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 9174 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 9175 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 9176 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 9177 Rochester. 9178 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 9179 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 9180 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 9181 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 9182 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 9183 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 9184 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 9185 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 9186 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 9187 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 9188 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 9189 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 9190 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 9191 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 9192 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 9193 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 9194 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 9195 messages. 9196 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 9197 message to explain how much space was available and 9198 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 9199 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 9200 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 9201 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 9202 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 9203 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 9204 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 9205 moves things more towards what will probably become a 9206 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 9207 Kapor Enterprises. 9208 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 9209 without recompiling. 9210 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 9211 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 9212 purely cosmetic. 9213 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 9214 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 9215 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 9216 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 9217 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 9218 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 9219 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 9220 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 9221 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 9222 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 9223 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 9224 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 9225 Wolfhugel. 9226 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 9227 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 9228 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 9229 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 9230 refused" response, and that the connection can be 9231 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 9232 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 9233 size around and can never start listening to connections 9234 again. The down side is that someone could start up 9235 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 9236 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 9237 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 9238 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 9239 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 9240 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 9241 implications. 9242 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 9243 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 9244 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 9245 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 9246 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 9247 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 9248 doc directory. This includes some additional 9249 information. 9250 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 9251 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 9252 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 9253 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 9254 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 9255 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 9256 loop the mail, which was bad news. 9257 Portability fixes: 9258 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 9259 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 9260 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 9261 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 9262 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9263 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 9264 Newcastle upon Tyne. 9265 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 9266 Corporation. 9267 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 9268 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 9269 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 9270 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 9271 New Files: 9272 src/Makefile.CLIX 9273 src/Makefile.NCR3000 9274 doc/changes/Makefile 9275 doc/changes/changes.me 9276 doc/changes/changes.ps 9277 92788.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 9279 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 9280 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 9281 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 9282 92838.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 9284 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 9285 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 9286 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 9287 list. 9288 92898.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 9290 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 9291 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 9292 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 9293 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 9294 valid shell. 9295 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 9296 in the connection cache for a long time under some 9297 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 9298 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 9299 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 9300 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 9301 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 9302 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 9303 from a local user to another local user. From 9304 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9305 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 9306 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 9307 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9308 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 9309 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 9310 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 9311 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 9312 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 9313 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 9314 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 9315 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 9316 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 9317 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 9318 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 9319 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 9320 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 9321 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 9322 BSD-like system. 9323 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 9324 protocol entirely. 9325 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 9326 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 9327 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 9328 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 9329 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 9330 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 9331 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 9332 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 9333 files. 9334 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 9335 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 9336 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 9337 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 9338 of CMU. 9339 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 9340 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 9341 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 9342 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 9343 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 9344 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 9345 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 9346 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 9347 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 9348 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 9349 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 9350 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 9351 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 9352 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 9353 security implications. Suggested by several people. 9354 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 9355 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 9356 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 9357 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 9358 Motonori Nakamura. 9359 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 9360 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 9361 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 9362 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 9363 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 9364 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 9365 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 9366 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 9367 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 9368 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 9369 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 9370 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 9371 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 9372 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 9373 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 9374 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 9375 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 9376 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 9377 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 9378 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 9379 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9380 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 9381 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 9382 didn't see the class items being added. 9383 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 9384 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 9385 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 9386 Rutgers. 9387 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 9388 but sets h_errno to a success value. 9389 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 9390 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 9391 address specified in the P option). This fix should 9392 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 9393 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 9394 the problem myself. 9395 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 9396 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 9397 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 9398 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 9399 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 9400 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 9401 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 9402 UUNET. 9403 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 9404 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 9405 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 9406 John Oleynick. 9407 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 9408 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 9409 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 9410 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 9411 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 9412 Nakamura. 9413 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 9414 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 9415 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 9416 University of Washington. 9417 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 9418 don't have an ``=value'' part. 9419 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 9420 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 9421 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 9422 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 9423 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 9424 of Cambridge University. 9425 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 9426 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 9427 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 9428 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 9429 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 9430 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 9431 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 9432 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 9433 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 9434 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 9435 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 9436 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 9437 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 9438 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 9439 a chance. 9440 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 9441 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 9442 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 9443 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 9444 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 9445 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 9446 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 9447 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 9448 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 9449 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 9450 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 9451 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 9452 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 9453 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 9454 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 9455 size for various mailers. 9456 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 9457 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 9458 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9459 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 9460 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 9461 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 9462 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 9463 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 9464 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 9465 system. 9466 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 9467 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 9468 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 9469 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 9470 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 9471 Michel of Thomson CSF. 9472 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 9473 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 9474 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 9475 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 9476 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 9477 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 9478 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 9479 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 9480 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 9481 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 9482 University of Sydney. 9483 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 9484 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 9485 This is because of the known bug where definition of 9486 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 9487 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 9488 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 9489 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 9490 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 9491 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 9492 Suominen. 9493 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 9494 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 9495 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 9496 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 9497 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 9498 Suominen. 9499 Portability fixes: 9500 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 9501 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 9502 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 9503 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 9504 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 9505 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 9506 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 9507 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 9508 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 9509 NEW FILES: 9510 src/Makefile.DomainOS 9511 src/Makefile.PTX 9512 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 9513 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 9514 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 9515 src/mailq.1 9516 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 9517 doc/op/Makefile 9518 doc/intro/Makefile 9519 doc/usenix/Makefile 9520 95218.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 9522 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 9523 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 9524 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 9525 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 9526 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 9527 permissions they should not have had (usually group 9528 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 9529 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 9530 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 9531 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 9532 Although this does not respond to a specific known 9533 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 9534 Christian Wettergren. 9535 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 9536 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 9537 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 9538 program by putting that in their .forward file. 9539 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 9540 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 9541 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 9542 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 9543 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 9544 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 9545 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 9546 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 9547 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 9548 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 9549 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 9550 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 9551 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 9552 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 9553 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 9554 connection to create problems on the current job. 9555 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 9556 the wrong place. 9557 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 9558 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 9559 problem that ignored the load average in locally 9560 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 9561 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 9562 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 9563 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 9564 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 9565 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 9566 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 9567 when sending error messages. This resulted in 9568 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 9569 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 9570 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 9571 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 9572 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 9573 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9574 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 9575 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 9576 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 9577 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 9578 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 9579 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 9580 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 9581 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 9582 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 9583 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 9584 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 9585 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 9586 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 9587 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 9588 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 9589 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 9590 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 9591 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 9592 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 9593 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 9594 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 9595 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 9596 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 9597 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 9598 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 9599 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 9600 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 9601 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 9602 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 9603 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 9604 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 9605 dot convention. 9606 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 9607 of from a clean exit. 9608 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 9609 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 9610 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 9611 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 9612 as the subject of an error message, even though the 9613 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 9614 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 9615 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 9616 Jones of UUNET. 9617 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 9618 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 9619 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 9620 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 9621 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 9622 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 9623 says that they should be ignored. 9624 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 9625 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 9626 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 9627 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 9628 is not reentrant. 9629 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 9630 documented in the Bat Book. 9631 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 9632 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 9633 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 9634 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 9635 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 9636 code during some parts of connection initialization. 9637 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 9638 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 9639 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 9640 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 9641 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 9642 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 9643 of Kyoto University. 9644 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 9645 From P{r Emanuelsson. 9646 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 9647 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 9648 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 9649 Bryan Costales. 9650 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 9651 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 9652 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 9653 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 9654 Nakamura. 9655 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 9656 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 9657 illegal addresses appearing there). 9658 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 9659 BB&N. 9660 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 9661 included. 9662 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 9663 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 9664 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 9665 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 9666 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 9667 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 9668 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 9669 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 9670 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 9671 by the other end closing the connection. From 9672 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 9673 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 9674 to include a host name or other useful information. 9675 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 9676 DeMarco. 9677 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 9678 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 9679 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 9680 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 9681 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 9682 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 9683 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 9684 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 9685 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 9686 this properly). 9687 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 9688 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 9689 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 9690 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 9691 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 9692 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 9693 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 9694 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 9695 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 9696 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 9697 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 9698 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 9699 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 9700 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 9701 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 9702 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 9703 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 9704 of the Institute for Global Communications. 9705 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 9706 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 9707 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 9708 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 9709 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 9710 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 9711 Portability fixes for: 9712 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 9713 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 9714 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 9715 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 9716 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 9717 of Stoner Associates. 9718 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 9719 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 9720 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 9721 of Maryland. 9722 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 9723 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 9724 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 9725 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 9726 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 9727 RISC/os. 9728 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 9729 at Chico. 9730 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 9731 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 9732 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 9733 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 9734 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 9735 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 9736 since this is intended only for internal use, the 9737 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 9738 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 9739 addresses when relaying internally. 9740 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 9741 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 9742 provided by Peter Wemm. 9743 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 9744 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 9745 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 9746 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 9747 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 9748 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 9749 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 9750 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 9751 names. 9752 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 9753 rather than letting them get "local configuration 9754 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 9755 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 9756 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 9757 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 9758 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 9759 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 9760 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 9761 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 9762 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 9763 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 9764 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 9765 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 9766 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 9767 of Georgia Tech. 9768 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 9769 Jim Murray of Stratus. 9770 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 9771 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 9772 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 9773 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 9774 the local name prepended. 9775 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 9776 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 9777 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 9778 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 9779 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 9780 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 9781 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 9782 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 9783 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 9784 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 9785 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 9786 :include: files and accounts that have shells 9787 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 9788 cause some .forward files that have worked 9789 before to start failing. 9790 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 9791 NEW FILES: 9792 src/Makefile.DGUX 9793 src/Makefile.Dynix 9794 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 9795 src/Makefile.Mach386 9796 src/Makefile.NetBSD 9797 src/Makefile.RISCos 9798 src/Makefile.SCO 9799 src/Makefile.SVR4 9800 src/Makefile.Titan 9801 cf/mailer/pop.m4 9802 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 9803 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 9804 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 9805 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 9806 makemap/Makefile.dist 9807 praliases/Makefile.dist 9808 98098.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 9810 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 9811 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 9812 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 9813 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 9814 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 9815 class of attack. 9816 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 9817 in a few critical places. 9818 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 9819 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 9820 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 9821 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 9822 and High-Energy Physics. 9823 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 9824 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 9825 Eric Wassenaar. 9826 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 9827 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 9828 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 9829 Wassenaar. 9830 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 9831 really become relevant in the next release, but some 9832 people need it for local patches. From Michael 9833 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 9834 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 9835 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 9836 these can have different values depending on which 9837 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 9838 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 9839 what uid/gid processes ran as. 9840 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 9841 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 9842 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 9843 postmaster" case. 9844 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 9845 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 9846 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 9847 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 9848 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 9849 Christopher Davis. 9850 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 9851 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 9852 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 9853 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 9854 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 9855 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 9856 98578.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 9858 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 9859 addresses that get return-receipts. 9860 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 9861 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 9862 and end up sending the message several times. 9863 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 9864 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 9865 four hours". 9866 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 9867 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 9868 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 9869 Cornell University Medical College. 9870 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 9871 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 9872 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 9873 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 9874 Wassenaar. 9875 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 9876 connections fail during message collection. From 9877 Eric Wassenaar. 9878 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 9879 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 9880 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 9881 Stratus. 9882 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 9883 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 9884 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9885 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 9886 by non-root users were not put into 9887 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 9888 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 9889 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 9890 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 9891 could get confused as to whether a database was 9892 open or not. 9893 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 9894 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 9895 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 9896 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 9897 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 9898 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 9899 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 9900 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 9901 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 9902 99038.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 9904 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 9905 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 9906 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 9907 propagated to the queue file. 9908 99098.6/8.6 1993/10/05 9910 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 9911 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 9912 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 9913 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 9914 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 9915 header files but don't have the syscall. 9916 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 9917 if trymx == FALSE. 9918 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 9919 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 9920 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 9921 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 9922 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 9923 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9924 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 9925 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 9926 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 9927 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 9928 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 9929 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 9930 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 9931 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 9932 Kanbe. 9933 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 9934 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 9935 Wisner of The Well. 9936 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 9937 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 9938 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 9939 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 9940 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 9941 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 9942 files that you should be able to read but have previously 9943 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 9944 read permission. 9945 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 9946 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 9947 MX suppression will still work. 9948 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 9949 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 9950 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 9951 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 9952 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 9953 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 9954 Nakamura. 9955 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 9956 "CX $Z" works. 9957 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 9958 trying to send the original message if the connection 9959 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 9960 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 9961 by John Myers of CMU. 9962 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 9963 term bug. 9964 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 9965 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 9966 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 9967 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 9968 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 9969 queue interval. This is an important fix. 9970 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 9971 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 9972 ruleset testing a bit easier. 9973 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 9974 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 9975 level. 9976 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 9977 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 9978 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 9979 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 9980 address. 9981 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 9982 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 9983 Harvey Mudd College. 9984 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 9985 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 9986 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 9987 their full name information. 9988 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 9989 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 9990 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 9991 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 9992 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 9993 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 9994 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 9995 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 9996 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 9997 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 9998 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 9999 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 10000 PC TCP/IP implementations. 10001 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 10002 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 10003 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 10004 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 10005 names. 10006 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 10007 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 10008 helpful. 10009 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 10010 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 10011 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 10012 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 10013 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 10014 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 10015 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 10016 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 10017 that claims to be itself works properly. 10018 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 10019 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 10020 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 10021 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 10022 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 10023 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 10024 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 10025 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 10026 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 10027 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 10028 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 10029 scratch. 10030 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 10031 true address to still send to the original address 10032 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 10033 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 10034 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 10035 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 10036 more trouble than it was worth. 10037 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 10038 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 10039 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 10040 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 10041 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 10042 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 10043 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 10044 the queue. 10045 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 10046 messages don't come out with stale information. 10047 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 10048 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 10049 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 10050 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 10051 Myers of CMU. 10052 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 10053 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 10054 Corrigan. 10055 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 10056 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 10057 sender address. 10058 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 10059 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 10060 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 10061 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 10062 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 10063 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 10064 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 10065 that does bulk data transfer). 10066 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 10067 Amir Plivatsky. 10068 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 10069 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 10070 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 10071 bogus config files that were not caught. 10072 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 10073 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 10074 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 10075 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 10076 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 10077 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 10078 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 10079 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 10080 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 10081 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 10082 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 10083 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 10084 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 10085 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 10086 opened or if running with no database format defined. 10087 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 10088 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 10089 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 10090 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 10091 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 10092 Melbourne. 10093 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 10094 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 10095 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 10096 to match regular entries. 10097 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 10098 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 10099 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 10100 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 10101 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 10102 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 10103 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 10104 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 10105 error message so that the "subject" line of return 10106 messages is the best possible. 10107 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 10108 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 10109 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 10110 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 10111 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 10112 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 10113 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 10114 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 10115 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 10116 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 10117 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 10118 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 10119 on the address. 10120 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 10121 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 10122 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 10123 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 10124 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 10125 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 10126 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 10127 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 10128 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 10129 addresses in any detail. 10130 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 10131 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 10132 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 10133 with an address such as "!foo". 10134 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 10135 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 10136 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 10137 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 10138 Bret Marquis. 10139 101408.5/8.5 1993/07/23 10141 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 10142 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 10143 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 10144 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 10145 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 10146 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 10147 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 10148 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 10149 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 10150 Nakamura. 10151 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 10152 are no DNS records matching the name. 10153 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 10154 original message was received ... from localhost". 10155 The correct original host information is now included. 10156 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 10157 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 10158 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 10159 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 10160 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 10161 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 10162 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 10163 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 10164 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 10165 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 10166 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 10167 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 10168 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 10169 101708.4/8.4 1993/07/22 10171 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 10172 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 10173 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 10174 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 10175 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 10176 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 10177 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 10178 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 10179 are really configuration errors. This option is 10180 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 10181 UIUC sendmail. 10182 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 10183 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 10184 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 10185 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 10186 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 10187 by Neil Rickert. 10188 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 10189 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 10190 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 10191 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 10192 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 10193 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 10194 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 10195 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 10196 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 10197 of dickering with error handling (see below). 10198 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 10199 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 10200 humans. 10201 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 10202 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 10203 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 10204 repaired). 10205 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 10206 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 10207 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 10208 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 10209 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 10210 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 10211 connection rather than sending QUIT. 10212 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 10213 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 10214 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 10215 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 10216 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 10217 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 10218 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 10219 core dumps on some machines. 10220 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 10221 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 10222 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 10223 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 10224 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 10225 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 10226 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 10227 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 10228 some true error conditions. 10229 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 10230 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 10231 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 10232 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 10233 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 10234 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 10235 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 10236 by Motonori Nakamura. 10237 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 10238 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 10239 caused error messages to be handled differently during 10240 a queue run than a direct run. 10241 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 10242 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 10243 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 10244 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 10245 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 10246 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 10247 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 10248 restart it. 10249 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 10250 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 10251 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 10252 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 10253 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 10254 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 10255 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 10256 is appropriately functional. 10257 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 10258 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 10259 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 10260 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 10261 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 10262 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 10263 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 10264 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 10265 Technologies. 10266 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 10267 process group id. The original fix was to get around 10268 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 10269 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 10270 different from the process id. I could try to fix 10271 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 10272 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 10273 things. 10274 Portability changes: 10275 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 10276 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 10277 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 10278 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 10279 of Colorado. 10280 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 10281 help other strict ANSI compilers. 10282 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 10283 Corporation. 10284 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 10285 documentation apparently doesn't define 10286 __STDC__ by default). 10287 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 10288 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 10289 Motonori Nakamura. 10290 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 10291 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 10292 several people have made a good argument that this 10293 creates more problems than it solves (although this 10294 may prove painful in the short run). 10295 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 10296 format. 10297 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 10298 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 10299 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 10300 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 10301 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 10302 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 10303 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 10304 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 10305 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 10306 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 10307 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 10308 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 10309 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 10310 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 10311 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 10312 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 10313 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 10314 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 10315 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 10316 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 10317 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 10318 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 10319 environments. Ugly as sin. 10320 103218.3/8.3 1993/07/13 10322 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 10323 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 10324 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 10325 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 10326 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 10327 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 10328 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 10329 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 10330 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 10331 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 10332 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 10333 "user friendly". 10334 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 10335 16 bytes/sec. 10336 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 10337 compatibility library. This also adds a new 10338 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 10339 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 10340 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 10341 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 10342 for quick test cases. 10343 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 10344 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 10345 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 10346 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 10347 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 10348 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 10349 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 10350 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 10351 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 10352 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 10353 From Michael Corrigan. 10354 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 10355 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 10356 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 10357 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 10358 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 10359 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 10360 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 10361 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 10362 Christophe Wolfhugel. 10363 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 10364 103658.2/8.2 1993/07/11 10366 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 10367 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 10368 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 10369 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 10370 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 10371 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 10372 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 10373 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 10374 from Bill Wisner. 10375 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 10376 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 10377 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 10378 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 10379 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 10380 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 10381 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 10382 match the other flags in that file. 10383 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 10384 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 10385 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 10386 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 10387 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 10388 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 10389 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 10390 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 10391 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 10392 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 10393 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 10394 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 10395 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 10396 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 10397 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 10398 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 10399 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 10400 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 10401 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 10402 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 10403 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 10404 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 10405 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 10406 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 10407 the root and directories leading up to your home); 10408 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 10409 be owned by you. 10410 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 10411 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 10412 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 10413 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 10414 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 10415 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 10416 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 10417 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 10418 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 10419 is separate; this is just intended to work around 10420 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 10421 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 10422 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 10423 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 10424 matching without a null it never tries again with a 10425 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 10426 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 10427 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 10428 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 10429 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 10430 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 10431 it adapts. 10432 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 10433 will insert the appropriate full name information; 10434 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 10435 way. 10436 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 10437 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 10438 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 10439 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 10440 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 10441 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 10442 only happen when there has been another error in the 10443 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 10444 by default in conf.h. 10445 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 10446 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 10447 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 10448 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 10449 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 10450 This output is not intended to be particularly human 10451 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 10452 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 10453 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 10454 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 10455 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 10456 See cf/README for an example. 10457 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 10458 sites that don't use the -d flag. 10459 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 10460 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 10461 has been requested by several people, but can break 10462 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 10463 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 10464 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 10465 broken. Use it sparingly. 10466 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 10467 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 10468 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 10469 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 10470 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 10471 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 10472 Bill Wisner of The Well. 10473 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 10474 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 10475 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 10476 104778.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 10478 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 10479 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 10480 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 10481 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 10482 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 10483 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 10484 104858.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 10486 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 10487 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 10488 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 10489 104908.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 10491 Another mailertable fix.... 10492 104938.1/8.1 1993/06/07 10494 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 10495